Avyakt murli for Thursday 19 January 1995

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0> > > >119-01-95 19-01-95 19-01-95 19-01-95ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादामधुबन bāpadādāmadhuban x x

0> > 19-01-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepरख rakh rakhnā[root] keep[root]आज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientऔर aur aur andसर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] xबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]

1Keeping your footsteps in Brahma Baba's footsteps, be obedient and a complete renunciate.

3आज āj āj todayबेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसाथियों sāthiyō̃ sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] companionको kō kō[postp.] toदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

2Today, BapDada of the unlimited is seeing His companions of unlimited service.

4दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])प्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहैं-एक haĩ-ēk x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभाने nibhānē nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऔर aur aur andदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] love, , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipऔर aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभाने nibhānē nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . . 5दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xप्रकार prakār prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] formके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साथियों sāthiyō̃ sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] companionको kō kō[postp.] toदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

3There are two types of companions. 4One are those who fulfill the responsibility of the companionship of love and a relationship, and the other are those who fulfill the responsibility of the companionship of love, a relationship and service.

6चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लास्ट last last lastकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सामने sāmnē sāmnē xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

5Even if you are in the last corner of the world, you are still in front of BapDada.

7बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaऔर aur aur andबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

6The promise between BapDada and the children is that wherever they are to stay, wherever they are, they are constantly together.

8ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजीवन jīvan jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lifeआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.से sē sē[postp.] fromअन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऔर aur aur andबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

7In this Brahmin life, from the beginning until the end, the Father and the children are eternally together.

9चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childसाकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaआकार ākār ākārī, ākār[n.m.;sg.,d.] subtleनिराकार nirākār nirākār[adj.] incorporealहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअलग alag alag[adj.] separateहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

8Even when the children are in the corporeal form and BapDada is in the angelic and the incorporeal form, are they separate?

10नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

9They are not.

11तो tō tō thenदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

10So, are you far or close? 11Achcha.

12ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)समीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessसाकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकराती है karātī hai karānā[pres.sg.f.23] make commit[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

12(More than 4,000 brothers and sisters are sitting in Om Shanti Bhavan). 13Are those sitting at the back close?

13चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])किसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)समीपता samīpatā samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] closenessसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकराती है karātī hai karānā[pres.sg.f.23] make commit[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 14अलग alag alag[adj.] separateहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , असम्भव asambhav asambhav[adj.] impossibleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

14Are those sitting in the corner close? 15(All the residents of Madhuban, Global Hospital, Talheti, the Abu Niwasis and sevadharis were sitting in Pandav Bhavan).

15परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everटल ṭal ṭalnā[root] x[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

16Are those sitting in Pandav Bhavan close? 17Or are you far?

16परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseभावी bhāvī bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] willबन जाता है ban jātā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenभावी bhāvī bhāvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] willटाली ṭālī ṭālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|ṭālnā[past-part.f.] (x|x[past-part.f.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notटले ṭalē ṭalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ṭalnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]). . . .

18The closeness of the heart enables you to experience closeness in the corporeal form also.

17इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसदा sadā sadā constantlyसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])हाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hand, , , , साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withलेते lētē lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureसे sē sē[postp.] fromचल रहे हैं chal rahē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

19No matter which country you are in, the closeness of the heart enables you to experience companionship. 20Whilst living far away, where do the doubleforeigners stay?

18मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

21You are constantly close, are you not?

19थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

22Not just today, but always.

20जब jab jab whenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterआ जाती है ā jātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकिनारे kinārē kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

23You cannot be separated; it is impossible. 24It is impossible, is it not?

21कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजायेगा jāyēgā jānā[fut.m.sg.23] go[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

25Or, can it be possible? 26No. 27God's promise can never be broken.

22बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toकिनारे kinārē kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

28God's promise becomes destiny and destiny cannot be prevented.

23जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeबीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someपर्दा pardā pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] curtainsआ जाये ā jāyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā], , , , तो tō tō thenपर्दा pardā pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] curtainsआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)से sē sē[postp.] fromकिनारा kinārā kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

29This is why you are constantly close; you are the constant companions and, as a companion, taking Baba's hand in your hand, you are moving along with so much pleasure.

24तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterरूपी rūpī rūpī[adj.] in the form ofपर्दा pardā pardā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] curtainsबीच bīch bīch centre­ ­ ­ ­बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआ जाता है ā jātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

30You have pleasure, do you not? 31Or, do you have to make effort?

25लेकिन lēkin lēkin butलाने lānē lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who ?  ?  ?  ?

32Are you experiencing pleasure?

26पर्दे pardē pardā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] curtainsका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]आना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)और aur aur andआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

33Do you have to make a little effort? 34When anything happens, then the Father moves to one side.

27हटाना haṭānā haṭānā[inf.m.sg.d.] remove[inf.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureलेना lēnā lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] take[inf.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

35Don't bring any situation in front of you and the Father will not move away.

28बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबातों bātō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryमजे majē mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pleasureलेते हैं lētē haĩ lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] take[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

36The situation makes the Father move away. 37Just as when a curtain comes in­between, what would happen?

29जिससे jissē jō[pn.sg.sē] that[.sē]प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23], , , , प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

38Things moves to one side, and this curtain of the situation comes in­between. 39But who brings it?

30साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमतलब matlab matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] xयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआबू ābū ābū Abuमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

40It is the duty of the curtain to come in­between and what is your duty?

31आबू ābū ābū Abuमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenपानी pānī pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] (water|x[inf.f.])की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहो गई है hō gaī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

41To move it or to take a little pleasure from it? 42BapDada sees that some take great pleasure from the situations.

32तो tō tō thenसाकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभाना nibhānā nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

43Whomsoever you have love for, the sign of love is to be with that one. 44To be with that one does not mean to live in Abu.

33अगर agar agar ifदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notनिभाते nibhātē nibhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] fulfil[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooदूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

45In Abu, in terms of the numbers, if the numbers increase even a little, then there is a shortage of water.

34विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadऔर aur aur andलास्ट last last lastदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते rahtē rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

46So, it does not mean to be in the company in the corporeal form, but to fulfill the responsibility with the heart.

35इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toदिलाराम dilārām dilārām xकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyराम rām rām[n.m.;sg.,d.] Ramaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

47If you do not fulfill the responsibility with your heart, then even whilst being in Madhuban, you are far away.

36तो tō tō thenदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 37बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

48And, whilst living in the last country of all countries, if you are close to the heart, then you have the companionship.

38तो tō tō thenदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartजाने jānē jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23])इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisरूहानी rūhānī rūhānī[adj.] spiritualसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withको kō kō[postp.] to. . . . 39अनुभवी anubhavī anubhavī[adj.] experiencedहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

49This is why BapDada is called Dilaram (The Comforter of Hearts).

40कि ki ki[conj.] thatयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसे sē sē[postp.] fromजायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]दूर dūr dūr[adj.] distantहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

50You do not say the comforter of bodies. 51You say the Comforter of Hearts.

41नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

52So where is the heart?

42सदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभाना-यह nibhānā-yah x xकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soul, , , , आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notनिभा nibhā nibhānā[root] fulfil[root]सकती saktī saknā[pres-part.f.] can[pres-part.f.]. . . .

53It is in the Father, is it not? 54Your heart is in the Father's heart and the Father's heart is in your heart.

43एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulसे sē sē[postp.] fromसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभा सकता है nibhā saktā hai nibhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] fulfil[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

55Only the heart can know about this spiritual companionship.

44और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनिभाने nibhānē nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

56So, you are experienced, are you not? 57Or, when you go from here, will you say that you have become distant?

45 ( ( ( (आज āj āj todayपूरे pūrē pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fullहाल hāl|hall hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall (x|hall)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहिनें bahinē̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] xपट paṭ paṭ[adj.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]) ) ) ) बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaसीन scene scene sceneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

58No. 59Constantly fulfill the responsibility of companionship. 60No soul can fulfill this with another soul.

46बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toआज āj āj todayकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]यादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआ रहा है ā rahā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

61Only the one Supreme Soul can fulfill the responsibility of this companionship with all souls.

47यादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरूद्र माला rūdra mālā rūdra mālā[x] xदिखाते हैं dikhātē haĩ dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyफेस face face faceदिखाई देते हैं dikhāī dētē haĩ dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be visible, , , , शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदिखाई dikhāī dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (x[past-part.f.]|x)देते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

62And who receives the fortune of fulfilling the responsibility of companionship with the Supreme? 63What would all of you say? 64We do.

48तो tō tō thenयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyफेस face face faceही hī hī[p.] onlyदिखाई दे रहे हैं dikhāī dē rahē haĩ dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be visible, , , , बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (but|others)कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदिखाई dikhāī dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (x[past-part.f.]|x)देता dētā dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] give[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

65Each one of you would say, "I receive it", would you not? 66Or, is it that only some receive it and others do not?

49तो tō tō thenरूद्र माला rūdra mālā rūdra mālā[x] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयादगार yādgār yādgār[x] memorialदिखाई दे रहा है dikhāī dē rahā hai dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be visible. . . .

67Do all of you have this fortune? 68All those sitting at the back are waving their hands.

50एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneके पीछे kē pīchhē kē pīchhē[x] xएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyछिप गये हैं chhip gayē haĩ chhipnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] secretly[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , फेस face face faceदिखाई दे रहे हैं dikhāī dē rahē haĩ dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be visible. . . .

69Achcha. 70It is a very good scene. 71Seeing the scene of today's gathering, BapDada is reminded of a memorial.

51ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप pratyakṣha svarūp pratyakṣha svarūp[x] x- - - -ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

72Only the faces are shown in the rosary of Rudra; the bodies are not visible. 73If you could see from here, you would only see the faces, nothing else is visible.

52और aur aur andकहलाते kahlātē kahlānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] call[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allब्रह्माकुमार brahmākumār brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahma Kumarऔर aur aur andब्रह्माकुमारी brahmākumārī brahmākumārī[x] Brahma Kumariहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar, , , , शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaकुमारी kumārī kumārī[x] kumariनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

74So, the memorial of the rosary of Rudra is visible now. 75(Today, all brothers and sisters are sitting on the floor.)

53तो tō tō thenब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 54और aur aur andब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसदा sadā sadā constantlyबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

76Each one is sitting behind the other and so the bodies are hidden and only the faces are visible. 77So, it is good, is it not?

55तभी tabhī tabhī xतो tō tō thenअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])कर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . . 56अव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])मिल रही है mil rahī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

78It is a rosary, is it not? 79This is the visible proof of love; of how much love you have for father Brahma.

57या yā yā orआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]ब्रह्मा बाबा brahmā bābā brahmā bābā[x] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

80This is why you have come here. 81All of you call yourselves Brahma Kumars and Brahma Kumaris.

58ब्रह्माकुमार brahmākumār brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahma Kumar­ ­ ­ ­ब्रह्माकुमारी brahmākumārī brahmākumārī[x] Brahma Kumariकहलाते हो kahlātē hō kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] call[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatबिना binā binā withoutबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पैदा paidā paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bornहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !  !  !  !

82You do not call yourselves Shiv Kumars and Shiv Kumaris. 83So you have greater love for father Brahma, do you not?

59अगर agar agar ifब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती hōtī hōnā[pres-part.f.] be[pres-part.f.]तो tō tō thenआज āj āj todayसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyनिराकार nirākār nirākār[adj.] incorporealबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])से sē sē[postp.] fromयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)रचना rachnā rachnā[n.f.;sg.]|rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (creation|x[inf.m.sg.d.])और aur aur andयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)वृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती hōtī hōnā[pres-part.f.] be[pres-part.f.]. . . .

84And father Brahma also has constant love for the children. 85This is why, even whilst being avyakt, he is giving avyakt sustenance. 86You are receiving avyakt sustenance, are you not?

60डबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])मिलती है miltī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23] receive[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

87You might say that you have not had the experience of Brahma Baba. 88You say this, do you not?

61 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , फॉरेन foreign foreign abroadमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23], , , , तो tō tō thenइण्डिया india India Indiaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरता है kartā hai karnā[pres.sg.m.23] do[pres.sg.m.23]क्या kyā kyā what !  !  !  !

89Have you not experienced him? 90So why do you call yourselves Brahma Kumars and Brahma Kumaris?

62तो tō tō thenउल्हना ulhanā ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] complaintतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबाबा bābā bābā Babaहमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not !  !  !  !

91Have you been created without sustenance from the father?

63सदा sadā sadā constantlyमिलते miltē milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyदेखते dēkhtē dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

92Or, are you experiencing the sustenance? 93Do you only experience it a little?

64साकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , साकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withदे सकते हैं dē saktē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

94If you had not received sustenance from father Brahma, then with only the incorporeal Father, there would not have been the creation or the expansion of the yagya today.

65जब jab jab whenचाहो chāhō chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दरवाजे darvājē darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] doorखुले khulē khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x)हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

95Do the double foreigners receive sustenance from father Brahma? 96(Ha ji.)

66अव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktवतन vatan vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowटाइम time time timeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

97Look, the father goes into the foreign lands, so does he not sustain India? 98Does he give sustenance to Bharat?

67देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बंधन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inन na na[neg] notदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबंधन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , न na na[neg] notदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कायदों kāydō̃ kāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] lawका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबंधन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

99Do you receive it? 100(Ha ji.) 101So you do not complain, saying: Baba, we did not see you, do you? 102You constantly see him.

68यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereतो tō tō thenकायदे kāydē kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lawरखने पड़ते हैं rakhnē paṛtē haĩ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2]ना-आगे nā-āgē x xबैठो baiṭhō baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xबैठो baiṭhō baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

103You constantly meet him, you constantly see him and you constantly stay with him.

69अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryभाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !  !  !  ! 70फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessबैठने baiṭhnē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sit[inf.m.pl.,o.]की जगह kī jagah kī jagah[x] xतो tō tō thenमिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

104He cannot constantly give that through the corporeal body, but through the avyakt form, he can give his company to everyone.

71फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)तो tō tō thenखड़े khaṛē khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] standingरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

105Whenever you wish, the doors for a meeting are always open.

72क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toचांस chance chance chanceदेना पड़ेगा dēnā paṛēgā dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

106In the subtle region, he will not say: There is no space, there is no time. 107No.

73अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toचांस chance chance chanceमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . . 74जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toचांस chance chance chanceदेना पड़ा dēnā paṛā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] give[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

108Whilst in the body, there are the bondages of the body, whereas, in the avyakt form, there are no bondages of the body.

75 ( ( ( (सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentतथा tathā tathā andआबू ābū ābū Abuनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] residentसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allपाण्डव भवन pāṇḍav bhavan pāṇḍav bhavan[x] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteसुन रहे हैं sun rahē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

109There are no bondages of the body and there are no bondages of the laws of the physical world. 110Here, you have to observe the laws. 111"Sit in the front, sit at the back."

76ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबाप समान bāp samān bāp samān[x] equal to the Fatherबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

112Even now, according to the time, you are very, very, very fortunate.

77निराकार nirākār nirākār[adj.] incorporealके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समान samān samān[adj.] equalबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatथोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]. . . . 78लेकिन lēkin lēkin butब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसदा sadā sadā constantlyब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaसमान samān samān[adj.] equalब्रह्माचारी brahmāchārī brahmāchārī[x] x. . . .

113You have at least got some space to sit. 114Later, it will be difficult to even get some space to stand, because at that time you will have to give others a chance.

79जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआचरण ācharaṇ ācharaṇ[x] xवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatही hī hī[p.] onlyसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआचरण ācharaṇ ācharaṇ[x] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deed. . . .

115At present, you have been given a chance, just as the Madhuban niwasis have now had to give others a chance. 116This is also love for the family.

80उच्चारण uchchāraṇ uchchāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप समान bāp samān bāp samān[x] equal to the Fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , आचरण ācharaṇ ācharaṇ[x] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप समान bāp samān bāp samān[x] equal to the Fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]कहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]फॉलोफादर phôlōphādar x x. . . .

117To have love for father Brahma means to become the same. 118You have the experience of becoming the same as the incorporeal Father for a short time.

81तो tō tō thenब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])फॉलोफादर phôlōphādar x x. . . .

119However, to be a Brahmin means to constantly be like Brahma, that is, one who follows Brahma.

82तो tō tō thenब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)श्रीमत śhrīmat śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] shrimatपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)पहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepक्या kyā kyā whatउठाया uṭhāyā uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ? 83पहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]). . . .

120Whatever is the activity of the father Brahma, that should be the activity of all Brahmins, that is, that should be the action of all Brahmins.

84जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]उसी usī vah[pn.sg.hī] that[.hī]आज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderको kō kō[postp.] toप्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप pratyakṣha svarūp pratyakṣha svarūp[x] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाया lāyā lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

121Your words should be like those of father Brahma and your activity should be like that of father Brahma.

85तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepमेंफॉलो mēmphôlō x xफादर father father fatherहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

122This is called following the father. 123To place your footsteps in father Brahma's footsteps is known as following the father.

86अमृतवेले amr̥itvēlē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amrit velaसे sē sē[postp.] fromलेकर lēkar lēnā[abs.] take[abs.]रात rāt rāt[n.f.;sg.] nightतक tak tak untilमन्सा mansā mansā through the mind, , , , वाचा vāchā vāchā x, , , , कर्मणा karmaṇā karmaṇā x, , , , सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship, , , , सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]हुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]उसी usī vah[pn.sg.hī] that[.hī]आज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)चलते हैं chaltē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

124So, what was the first step that father Brahma took in following the Father's shrimat? 125The first step is that he became obedient; he put the instructions he received into practice.

87कि ki ki[conj.] thatकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderपालन pālan pālan[adj.] xहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]और कोई aur kōī aur kōī[x] someone elseनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

126So check: Are you following the father in the first step of being obedient.

88संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatमिक्स mix mix xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 89अगर agar agar ifमिक्स mix mix xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenफुल full full fullआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orअधूरे adhūrē adhūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedient ?  ?  ?  ?

127From amrit vela until night, are you moving along according to the instructions you have received for your thoughts, words, actions, connections and relationships?

90हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderस्पष्ट spaṣhṭ spaṣhṭ[adj.] clearlyमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]हुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

128Or, are you able to fulfill some instructions and not others?

91अमृतवेले amr̥itvēlē amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] amrit velaक्या kyā kyā whatसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooस्पष्ट spaṣhṭ spaṣhṭ[adj.] clearlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

129Are your thoughts according to the instructions received or are they mixed?

92तो tō tō thenफॉलोकरते phôlōkaratē x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everपरमधाम paramdhām paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचले जाते हो chalē jātē hō chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive])और aur aur andकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everनिद्रालोक nidrālōk nidrālōk[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचले जाते हो chalē jātē hō chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.2.passive] (continue[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.2.passive]) ?  ?  ?  ?

130If they are mixed, are you fully obedient or half obedient? 131You have received clear instructions for your thoughts at every moment.

93हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

132Are you clear about what thoughts to have at Amritvela or not?

94बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneऔर aur aur andबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepदूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenउसे usē vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]आज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

133Are you able to follow in this? 134Or do you sometimes go to Paramdham and sometimes the land of sleep? 135So what are your instructions?

95चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])परमार्थ paramārtha paramārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] altruismमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])व्यवहार vyavahār vyavahār[n.m.;sg.,d.] behaviourमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatजैसी jaisī jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] likeआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderको kō kō[postp.] toपालन pālan pālan[adj.] xकरना-इसकी karanā-isakī x xपरसेन्टेज percentage percentage percentageचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . . 96चेक check check checkकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

136To go to the land of sleep? 137At every moment, and in every moment, are you placing your every footstep in Baba's footstep? 138Or, are the footsteps of the father one thing and the footsteps of the child something else?

97तो tō tō thenपहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]), , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientको kō kō[postp.] toसदा sadā sadā constantlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingस्वतः svataḥ svataḥ automaticallyमिलती हैं miltī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3]और aur aur andसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooदुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

139That would not be called obedient, would it? 140Whether in connection with God, or in your interaction with others, check the percentage of how much you are following the instructions you have received for both.

98तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])स्व sva sva xप्रति prati prati for, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके प्रति kē prati kē prati[x] for, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])स्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalकर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedके प्रति kē prati kē prati[x] forया yā yā orअन्य anya anya[adj.] otherआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulके प्रति kē prati kē prati[x] forउसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]सबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

141Do you know how to check? 142The first step is that he became obedient, and this is why those who are obedient automatically receive blessings from the Father. 143Together with this, you also have blessings from the Brahmin family.

99क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिलती हैं miltī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3]और aur aur andयदि yadi yadi xदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिल रही हैं mil rahī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]तो tō tō thenउसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatदुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसदा sadā sadā constantlyसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23], , , , मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 100बाहर bāhar bāhar outsideकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेकिन lēkin lēkin butमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentment. . . .

144So check: Whatever thought you had, whether for the self, for service, for physical actions, or for many other souls, if you remained obedient, the sign of that is contentment within the heart. 145Because of the blessings you received, or did not receive, the effect of the blessings is that the mind will constantly remain content and the heart will remain content.

101और aur aur andमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वा vā vā orमियाँ miyā̃ miyā̃[n.m.;sg.,d.] husbandमि mi x xù ù ù ù§ § § §हैं-इसकी haĩ-isakī x xनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sign, , , , अगर agar agar ifयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xरीति rīti rīti[n.f.;sg.] wayसे sē sē[postp.] fromयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyस्वयं svayã svayã xऔर aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-lightरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

146Not external contentment, but contentment of the mind. 147Is the contentment of the mind real or superficial? 148The sign of this is that if you are accurately obedient, if you have blessings, then you yourself as well as others will remain double­light.

102अगर agar agar ifडबल लाइट double light double light[x] double-lightनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहते rahtē rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenसमझो samjhō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 103बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)वा vā vā orपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिल रही हैं mil rahī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3]. . . .

149If you do not remain double­light, then understand that you do not have contentment of the mind; you do not have blessings, either from the Father or from the family.

104परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooदुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingआवश्यक āvaśhyak āvaśhyak[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

150Blessings from the family are also essential.

105ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatसमझो samjhō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]कनेक्शन connection connection connectionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तो tō tō thenदुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , परिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनता bantā bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] become[pres-part.m.sg.d.]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someहर्जा harjā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

151Do not think that you have a connection with the Father, that you have blessings from the Father, and that it does not matter if you are not able to get on well with the family.

106पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसुनाया sunāyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyयुगल yugal yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] partnerदाना dānā dānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] beadनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , उससे ussē vah[pn.sg.sē] that[.sē]माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनती bantī bannā[pres-part.f.] become[pres-part.f.]. . . .

152You were told this earlier also; so are you the beads of the rosary or not? 153So, if there are just the dual­beads in a rosary, would that make a rosary?

107तो tō tō thenमाला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआना है ānā hai ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] come[pres.sg.23.oblig1]इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullलक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहरेक harēk har ēk each oneआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulमुझे mujhē maĩ[pn.sg.kō] I[.kō]देखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , देख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]हल्के halkē halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lightहो जायें hō jāyē̃ hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , बोझ bōjh bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] burdenखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedहो जाए hō jāē hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

154Not as much as possible, not just that it may be possible, but that you have to do this. 155Every soul who sees you should remain happy. 156When they see you, they should become light. 157Their burden should be finished.

108तो tō tō thenदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentवा vā vā orआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingस्वयं svayã svayã xको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलाइट light light lightऔर aur aur andदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलाइट light light lightबनायेंगी banāyēṅgī banānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] create[fut.f.pl.12hon3]. . . .

158So, the sign of contentment of the heart and the blessings of being obedient is that you yourself will be light and you will also make others light.

109इससे issē yah[pn.sg.sē] this[.sē]समझो samjhō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientकहाँ तक kahā̃ tak kahā̃ tak[x] to what extentहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

159From this, you can realise to what extent you are obedient.

110जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.]हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] small­ ­ ­ ­बड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनाचता nāchtā nāchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] dance[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

160It is just as you saw how with father Brahma, each one, young or old, would be content and dance with happiness.

111नाचने nāchnē nāchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] dance[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)टाइम time time timeतो tō tō thenहल्के halkē halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lightहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तभी tabhī tabhī xतो tō tō thenनाचेंगे nāchē̃gē nāchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dance[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

161You would be light at the time of dancing, would you not?

112चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someमोटा mōṭā mōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] grossहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindसे sē sē[postp.] fromहल्का halkā halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lightहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅नाचता है nāchtā hai nāchnā[pres.sg.m.23] dance[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andपतला patlā patlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slimहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butभारी bhārī bhārī[adj.] heavyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notनाचेगा nāchēgā nāchnā[fut.m.sg.23] dance[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

162Only then can you dance. 163Even when someone is fat, if he is light, he can dance, whereas if someone is thin but heavy, he does not dance.

113तो tō tō thenबोल bōl bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] (x|speak[root])ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहों hō̃ hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] be[opt.pl.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatस्वयं svayã svayã xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआपसे āpsē āp[pn.pl.sē] you[.sē]सन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentरहें rahē̃ rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] remain[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

164So, your words should be such that you yourself remain content and others also remain content with you.

114ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that, , , , हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]तो tō tō thenभाव bhāv bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] consciousnessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथा thā hōnā[past.m.sg] be[past.m.sg], , , , हमारी hamārī ham[pn.pl.kī] we[.kī]तो tō tō thenभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथी thī hōnā[past.f] be[past.f], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butभाव bhāv bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] consciousnessऔर aur aur andभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingपहुँचती pahũchtī pahuñchnā[pres-part.f.] reach[pres-part.f.]क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

165It should not be that you say "This was not my intention, this was not my feeling." 166But, why do the intentions and feelings reach anyone?

115अगर agar agar ifसही sahī sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherतक tak tak untilवायब्रेशन्स vibrations vibration vibrationsक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

167If they are true, why do vibrations reach others? 168What is the reason for this?

116कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someतो tō tō thenकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

169There must be some reason.

117तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]दुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पात्र pātr pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthy of receivingकहाँ तक kahā̃ tak kahā̃ tak[x] to what extentबने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

170So, check to what extent you have become worthy of blessings.

118जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऔर aur aur andब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पात्र pātr pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthy of receivingबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]उतना utnā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xही hī hī[p.] onlyराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पात्र pātr pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthy of receivingबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

171To the extent that you become worthy of blessings from the Father and the Brahmin family, so too, you will become worthy of the kingdom.

119अगर agar agar ifअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyको kō kō[postp.] toसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , तो tō tō thenराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomक्या kyā kyā whatचलायेंगे chalāyēṅgē chalānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

172If you are not able to make the Brahmin family content, how would you rule the kingdom?

120राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomको kō kō[postp.] toक्या kyā kyā whatसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

173How would you make the kingdom content?

121क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]रॉयल फैमिली royal family royal family[x] royal familyबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatफैमिली family family familyको kō kō[postp.] toसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] contentनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatप्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xको kō kō[postp.] toक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

174Brahmin souls will become part of your royal family, and so how can those who are not able to make their family content make their subjects content? 175Will such a soul be able to do this?

122संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarतो tō tō thenयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereभरना है bharnā hai bharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] fill[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

176You have to develop the sanskars here, do you not?

123कि ki ki[conj.] thatवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereयोग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]भरेंगे bharē̃gē bharnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] fill[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

177Or will you have yoga there and then develop them.

124यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereही hī hī[p.] onlyभरना है bharnā hai bharnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] fill[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

178You have to develop them here.

125अगर agar agar ifवर्तमान vartamān vartamān[adj.] presentब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] because­ ­ ­ ­कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseही hī hī[p.] onlyकहते रहते हैं kahtē rahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā], , , , तो tō tō thenजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

179If, at the present time, you are not able to find the reason and its solution in the Brahmin family, if you constantly keep on giving excuses, then where there are reasons and excuses, there is no power to find a solution.

126अगर agar agar ifपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiनहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomको kō kō[postp.] toक्या kyā kyā whatनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

180If you do not have the power to find a solution for the family, what solution would you bring about for the kingdom of the world?

127क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])आत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulसदा sadā sadā constantlyनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

181Because, every soul in your kingdom should be the embodiment of all solutions.

128वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

182Will there be excuses there?

129जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomसभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseबताते batātē batānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tell[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-ये haĩ-yē x xकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]… … … … वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomदरबार darbār darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] courtहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

183Reasons are created within this royal gathering, and you say there is this reason, there is that reason, so will you be able to find a solution? 184Would there be such a royal gathering there?

130वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereतो tō tō thenसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyखुश खैराफत khuśh khairāphat khuśh khairāphat[x] welfareपूछेंगे pūchhē̃gē pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

185There, you will only ask about everyone's welfare. 186"It is very good.

131सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyदरबार darbār darbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] courtनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

187It is very good." 188It is a meeting, not a court. 189So, whilst speaking excuses, do not deprive yourself of blessings.

132तो tō tō thenकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseकहकर kahkar kahnā[abs.] say[abs.]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toदुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingसे sē sē[postp.] fromवंचित vañchit vañchit[adj.] deprivedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

190Father Brahma found a solution for the reasons and this is why he became number one.

133ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseको kō kō[postp.] toनिवारण nivāraṇ nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] solutionकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeनम्बरवन number one number one number oneहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

191The files that are accumulated with BapDada are all of reasons and excuses.

134बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारणों kāraṇō̃ kāraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] becauseके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फाइल file file fileही hī hī[p.] onlyइकट्ठेहोते ikaṭṭhēhōtē x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

192So, should Baba keep the files and continue to increase the file or are you going to become refined?

135सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फाइल file file fileहैं-किसका haĩ-kisakā x xछोटा chhōṭā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] small, , , , किसका kiskā kaun[pn.sg.kā] who[.kā]बड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryफाइल file file fileहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

193Is it better to increase the file or become refined? 194So, from today, should Baba finish all files?

136तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooफाइलें phāilē̃ file[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] fileरखनी है rakhnī hai rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1], , , , फाइल file file fileबढ़ाते baṛhātē baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1]या yā yā orरिफाइन refine refine refineहोना है hōnā hai hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

195Everyone has a file, some have a small file and some a large file. 196So should Baba finish them?

137तो tō tō thenआज āj āj todayसे sē sē[postp.] fromफाइल file file fileसब sab sab[adj.] allखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finishedकर दें kar dē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

197Then, Baba will not have to create a new file, will He?

138फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)दूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newफाइल file file fileतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरखना पड़ेगा rakhnā paṛēgā rakhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] keep[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

198If Baba has to keep a new file, you would have to pay a fine.

139अगर agar agar ifनया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newफाइल file file fileरखा rakhā rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rakhānā[root] (keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root])तो tō tō thenफाइन fine fine fineपड़ेगा paṛēgā paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] fall[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

199Think about it. 200What did you think?

140सोच लो sōch lō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] !  !  !  !

201Finish it.

141बोलो-खत्म bōlō-khatma x xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayरखें rakhē̃ rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] keep[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

202Tell Me; should we finish it now or should we give you a few days?

142शिव śhiv śhiv Shivaरात्रि rātri rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nightतक tak tak untilरखें rakhē̃ rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] keep[opt.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

203Should we keep it until Shiv Ratri?

143जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]शिवरात्रि śhivrātri śhivrātri[x] Shiva Ratriतक tak tak untilथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortमार्जिन margin margin xमिलनी चाहिये milnī chāhiyē milnā[.oblig3] receive[.oblig3], , , , तब तक tab tak tab tak[x] xपुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]रिफाइन refine refine refineहो जायेंगे hō jāyēṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

204Those who think that they should receive a little margin, and that they will make effort and become refined by then, raise your hands. 205Achcha, a few are raising their hands. 206Should we finish the files of everyone else?

144अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

207Just be careful that you do not have to give any reasons afterwards. 208It is good.

145लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

209It is a good thing to keep courage, but do not keep courage just for the present.

146ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सामने sāmnē sāmnē xथे thē hōnā[past.pl] be[past.pl]तो tō tō thenहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageथी thī hōnā[past.f] be[past.f], , , , नीचे nīchē nīchē downउतरे utarē utarnā[opt.sg.23]|utarnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (go down[opt.sg.23]|go down[past-part.m.pl.,o.])तो tō tō thenथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageकम हो गई kam hō gaī kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] decreaseऔर aur aur andअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगये gayē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenऔर aur aur andकम हो गई kam hō gaī kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] decrease. . . . 147कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterआई eye|āī|I eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x)तो tō tō thenऔर aur aur andकम हो गई kam hō gaī kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] decrease. . . .

210It should not be that you say: I was in front of BapDada and so I had courage but now that I have come down, the courage has disappeared. 211Then, when you go back to your own land, it will decrease even more; and when any situation arises, it will decrease even more.

148ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

212You will not do this, will you?

149देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जब jab jab whenकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseसामने sāmnē sāmnē xआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]और aur aur andकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageकम होती है kam hōtī hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] decrease, , , , कमज़ोरी kamzōrī kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] weaknessआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]और aur aur andजब jab jab whenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterसमाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedहो जाती है hō jātī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownऊपर ūpar ūpar overशर्म śharm śharm[n.f.;sg.] xआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

213Look, when any reason comes in front of you and your courage decreases and, because of this reason, you develop a weakness, and then when that situation finishes, what do you feel for yourself? 214You feel ashamed, do you not?

150अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownऊपर ūpar ūpar overही hī hī[p.] onlyसंकोच saṅkōch saṅkōch[n.m.;sg.,d.] hesitationहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

215You feel a little upset that you did not do something good, that that was not good. 216Do you feel this?

151करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)पश्चाताप् paśhchātāp paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] repentanceकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]… … … … ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenआपकी āpkī āp[pn.pl.kī] you[.kī]प्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

217To repent after you have done something wrong, is this your work or the work of your subjects? 218Will those who repent become kings?

152पश्चाताप् paśhchātāp paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] repentanceवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

219Will they become kings? 220So, think about this.

153तो tō tō thenसोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]साक्षी sākṣhī sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] detached observerस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सिंहासन siṃhāsan siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बैठ जाओ baiṭh jāō baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]और aur aur andअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]ही hī hī[p.] onlyजज judge judge judgeकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

221Sit on the seat of the throne of being a detached observer and judge your own self. 222Be your own judge, do not judge anyone else.

154अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)जज judge judge judgeबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजज judge judge judgeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

223Everyone knows how to become someone else's judge.

155दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजज judge judge judgeबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23], , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजज judge judge judgeबहुत bahut bahut veryजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]और aur aur andअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)वकील vakīl vakīl[n.f.;sg.] lawyerबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

224You very quickly become a judge, but what do you become for your own self? 225A lawyer. 226You also know that you become your own lawyers.

156तो tō tō thenसाक्षीपन sākṣhīpan sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] being a detached observerके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सिंहासन siṃhāsan siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]निर्णय nirṇay nirṇay[x] discernmentबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

227So, whilst seated on the throne of being a detached observer, you will be able to take an accurate decision.

157सिंहासन siṃhāsan siṃhāsan[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneके नीचे kē nīchē kē nīchē[x] underरहकर rahkar rahnā[abs.] remain[abs.]जज judge judge judgeकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenनिर्णय nirṇay nirṇay[x] discernmentअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

228When you get off the throne and then judge something, you are not able to make a good decision.

158सेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतख्तनशीन takhtnaśhīn takhtnaśhīn[adj.] seated on the throneबन जाओ ban jāō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā]. . . .

229Be seated on the throne in just one second.

159ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]तख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

230This stage is your throne.

160यथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyनिर्णय nirṇay nirṇay[x] discernmentका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofतख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसाक्षीपन sākṣhīpan sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] being a detached observerकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

231The basis of accurately and easily making a decision is the stage of being a detached observer.

161साक्षी sākṣhī sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] detached observerनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matter, , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)चलन chalan chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] behaviourवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreसामने sāmnē sāmnē xआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23], , , , अपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआती ātī ānā[pres-part.f.] come[pres-part.f.]. . . .

232When you are not an observer, then the activity and matters concerning others come in front of you a lot more than your own.

162अगर agar agar ifसाक्षी sākṣhī sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] detached observerहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]देखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23], , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23]. . . . 163फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)जजमेन्ट judgement judgement judgementजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23], , , , नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseयथार्थ yathārth yathārth[adj.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती hōtī hōnā[pres-part.f.] be[pres-part.f.]. . . .

233If you look at everything as a detached observer, then you would clearly see the things about your own self and others, and the judgement would therefore be accurate; otherwise it would not be accurate.

164बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसुनाया था sunāyā thā sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] speak[past-perf.m.sg.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबातें bātē̃ bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] matterआती हैं ātī haĩ ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3]उन un vah[pn.pl.o.] thatबातों bātō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaअक्ल akla akla[n.f.;sg.] senseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअक्ल akla akla[n.f.;sg.] senseथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortकम हो जाता है kam hō jātā hai kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] decrease. . . .

234BapDada has told you earlier also that whatever scenes pass by in the drama, although those situations have very good common sense in them, sometimes the Brahmins have a little less common sense. 235When any situation comes, does it stay there or does it go away?

165बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]और aur aur andचली जाती है chalī jātī hai chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive]), , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toपकड़कर pakaṛkar pakaṛnā[abs.] x[abs.]बैठते हैं baiṭhtē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

236And what do the Brahmins do? 237You sit there holding onto the situation. 238The situation passes by, but you do not let go of the situation.

166बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterरूकती rūktī ruknā[pres-part.f.] stop[pres-part.f.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , चली जाती है chalī jātī hai chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्वयं svayã svayã xबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notछोड़ते chhōṛtē chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

239So does the situation have more common sense than the Brahmins? 240The situations have more sense, do they not?

167तो tō tō thenबातों bātō̃ bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] matterमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअक्ल akla akla[n.f.;sg.] senseज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in ?  ?  ?  ? 168बातें bātē̃ bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] matterअक्ल akla akla[n.f.;sg.] senseवाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

241Many children say: "This has been going on for the last two days; this thing has continued for two hours."

169कई kaī kaī someबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayसे sē sē[postp.] fromये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterचल रही है chal rahī hai chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23], , , , दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])घण्टे ghaṇṭē ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hourये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterचली chalī chalnā[past-part.f.] continue[past-part.f.]और aur aur andदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])घण्टे ghaṇṭē ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hourमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगँवाया ganvāyā ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lose[past-part.m.sg.d.]कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] so ?  ?  ?  ?

242But how much did you lose in two hours? 243How much did you lose in two days? 244So become those with common sense.

170दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगँवाया ganvāyā ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lose[past-part.m.sg.d.]कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] so ?  ?  ?  ?

245So what did you hear about the first step?

171तो tō tō thenअक्ल akla akla[n.f.;sg.] senseवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

246To be obedient. 247How obedient am I?

172तो tō tō thenपहला pahlā pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedient, , , , दूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] x. . . .

248You have been told the signs of this. 249Check yourself against these signs.

173पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)आज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिली milī milnā[past-part.f.] receive[past-part.f.]और aur aur andदुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बल bal bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] strengthसे sē sē[postp.] fromसर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] x. . . .

250Finish saying: There is this reason, there is this reason. 251The second step is to be a complete renunciate.

174तो tō tō thenत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनम्बरवन number one number one number oneएग्जाम्पल example example exampleब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]). . . . 175देह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्धों sambandhō̃ sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] relationshipका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

252First, from being obedient, you receive blessings, and with the power of the blessings, you become a complete renunciate.

176लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationजरूरी jarūrī zarūrī[adj.] essentialहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

253Brahma became the number one example in renunciation also.

177सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationतो tō tō thenऔर aur aur andधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allवंश vanśh vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dynastyसहित sahit sahit includingत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationकरना-इसको karanā-isakō x xकहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])सर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] x. . . .

254Renunciation of bodily relations is not a big thing. 255However, it is essential to renounce the old sanskars and nature of the body. 256They renounce bodily relationships in other religions also.

178अगर agar agar ifअंश aṅśh aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] traceमात्र mātra mātra justभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarरह जाता है rah jātā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] remain[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रति prati prati forसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatवंश vanśh vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dynastyबढ़ता रहता है baṛhtā rahtā hai baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā]और aur aur andवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatवंश vanśh vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dynastyइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchतेज tēj tēj[adj.] fastहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeलौकिक laukik laukik[adj.] worldlyपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेखा है dēkhā hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryबूढ़े būṛhē būṛhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryशीतल śhītal śhītal[adj.] coolहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपोत्रे pōtrē pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] grandson­ ­ ­ ­धोत्रे dhōtrē dhōtrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] grandchildrenबहुत bahut bahut veryतेज tēj tēj[adj.] fastहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

257However, to renounce the sanskars and nature, complete with all its progeny, not just renunciation, but renunciation with its progeny so that not even a single trace is left, is known as being a complete renunciate. 258If the slightest trace of the nature and sanskars of the body remains, then, from time to time, that progeny will increase.

179तो tō tō thenअगर agar agar ifकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someवंश vanśh vanśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dynastyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपुराना purānā purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] oldरहा rahā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउल्टी ulṭī ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (upside down|x)कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]दिखाता है dikhātā hai dikhānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

259And that progeny is as sharp as in a lokik family, where the older ones are very cool and the grandchildren are very sharp.

180उस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हालत hālat hālat[n.f.;sg.] situationबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदेखते हैं dēkhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]बिल्कुल bilkul bilkul[adv.] at allऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदिवाला divālā x xनिकालते nikāltē nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-तो haĩ-tō x xसेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलखपति lakhpati lakhpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromकखपति kakhpati kakhpati[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

260If any old progeny remains, that also performs a wrong type of wonder. 261BapDada sees that the condition of someone at that time is like when someone becomes bankrupt; in a second he turns from a millionaire into one who only has things worth nothing.

181सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeखज़ाने khazānē khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] treasureसेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finished. . . .

262All treasures are finished within a second.

182फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरनी पड़े karnī paṛē karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] do[opt.sg.23.oblig2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

263Then you have to make effort.

183इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipऔर aur aur andदेह dēh dēh[n.f.;sg.] bodyके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarसे sē sē[postp.] fromत्यागी tyāgī tyāgī[adj.] renunciate. . . .

264This is why a complete renunciate means to be a renunciate of the bodily relations and the sanskars and nature of the body.

184कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownअवस्था avasthā avasthā[n.f.;sg.] stageको kō kō[postp.] toचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]अगर agar agar ifधोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionदेता है dētā hai dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] give[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoदेता है dētā hai dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] give[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

265At any time, check your stage. 266If you are deceived, who deceives you?

185स्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

267Your nature and sanskars.

186तो tō tō thenत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसमाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisस्वभाव svabhāv svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nature­ ­ ­ ­संस्कार saṅskār saṅskār[x] sanskarहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

268This nature and sanskars finish the fortune received through renunciation.

187और aur aur andबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaतो tō tō thenब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]और aur aur andअण्डर aṇḍar x xलाइन line line lineकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

269BapDada is underlining it even more for the Brahmins. 270Have renunciation of your renunciation; even renounce the arrogance of being a renunciate.

188‘ ‘ ‘ ‘‘ ‘ ‘ ‘मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iत्यागी tyāgī tyāgī[adj.] renunciateहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]’ ’ ’ ’’ ’ ’ ’- - - -इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisअभिमान abhimān abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] arroganceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciation. . . . 189इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])त्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciation. . . .

271This is known as renunciation of renunciation. 272I did this, I tolerated this, I did this and this: do not give all these stories.

190मैंने mainnē maĩ[pn.sg.nē] I[.nē]किया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकिया-ये kiyā-yē x xकथायें kathāyē̃ kathā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] storyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

273Even if someone did tolerate, what word do you use with the words "to tolerate"? 274Power.

191अगर agar agar ifकिसने kisnē kaun[pn.sg.nē] who[.nē]सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceके पीछे kē pīchhē kē pīchhē[x] xशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

275To tolerate is not just to tolerate, but to tolerate means to imbibe power.

192सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiधारण करना dhāraṇ karnā dhāraṇ karnā[x] adopt[x], , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

276This is why you speak of the power to tolerate. 277To tolerate means to show the visible form of power. 278So it is good, is it not?

193सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isशक्ति śhakti śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Shaktiरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupको kō kō[postp.] toप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleरूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupदिखाना dikhānā dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

279What did you tolerate? 280In fact, you took greater benefit. 281And for whom did you tolerate it?

194तो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaही hī hī[p.] onlyहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 195क्या kyā kyā whatसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

282You tolerated it for the sake of being obedient to the Father.

196और aur aur andही hī hī[p.] onlyलाभ lābh lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xले लिया lē liyā lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

283You did not tolerate it for anyone else.

197और aur aur andकिसके kiskē kaun[pn.sg.kē] who[.kē]प्रति prati prati forसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

284You only obeyed the instructions of the Father.

198बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

285So you will receive blessings for following the instructions, will you not? 286So what did you tolerate?

199बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderमानी mānī mānnā[past-part.f.] x[past-part.f.]. . . .

287You took blessings, did you not?

200तो tō tō thenआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingमिलेगी milēgī milnā[fut.f.sg.23] receive[fut.f.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 201तो tō tō thenसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceक्या kyā kyā whatकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

288When you keep a situation in front of you, you think that you have tolerated a great deal.

202दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingली lī lēnā[past-part.f.] take[past-part.f.]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 203बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterको kō kō[postp.] toसामने sāmnē sāmnē xरखते हो rakhtē hō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] keep[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenसोचते हो sōchtē hō sōchnā[pres.pl.m.2] think[pres.pl.m.2]बहुत bahut bahut veryसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , कब kab kab whenतक tak tak untilसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someहद had had[n.f.;sg.] xहोनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . . 204लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedसहन sahan sahan[adj.] tolerance, , , , उतनी utnī utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessing. . . .

289"For how long will I have to tolerate this; there should be a limit as to how much one can tolerate." 290However, to the extent that you tolerate something to an unlimited level, so too, the blessings received from that are also unlimited, because you are being obedient to the Father.

205क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)आज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientबन रहे हैं ban rahē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

291The Father has told you to tolerate.

206बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा है kahā hai kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23]सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

292Has anyone else told you to tolerate?

207तो tō tō thenआज्ञा āgyā āgyā[n.f.;sg.] orderको kō kō[postp.] toमानना mānnā mānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orमजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)बात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

293So, to obey an instruction, is that a matter of happiness or a matter of compulsion?

208मजबूरी majbūrī majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

294Do not tolerate out of compulsion.

209कई kaī kaī someसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमेरे mērē maĩ[pn.sg.kē] I[.kē]जैसा jaisā jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likeकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरता kartā karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] do[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

295Some do tolerate and they also say no one else tolerates as much as they do.

210फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiको kō kō[postp.] toआकर ākar ānā[abs.] come[abs.]बताते batātē batānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tell[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-आपको haĩ-āpakō x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeहमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  !

296Then they come and tell the Dadis: You do not know how much I have tolerated.

211लेकिन lēkin lēkin butनुकसान nuksān nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lossक्या kyā kyā whatकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  !

297What did you lose? 298You only benefited.

212फायदा phāydā fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] profitहीइकट्ठा hīikaṭṭhā x xहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . . 213तो tō tō thenत्याग tyāg tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] renunciationकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)परिभाषा paribhāṣhā paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] xसमझी samajhī samajhnā[past-part.f.] understand[past-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

299So, did you understand the definition of renunciation?

214देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]भक्ति मार्ग bhakti mārg bhakti mārg[x] path of devotionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatजब jab jab whenबलि bali bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificeचढ़ाते हैं chaṛhātē haĩ chaṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenअगर agar agar ifबलि bali bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबकरा bakrā bakrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] goatचिल्लाता है chillātā hai chillānā[pres.sg.m.23] cry[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatप्रसाद prasād prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] prasadनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])जाता jātā jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

300Look, even on the path of bhakti, there is the sign of this: when a sacrifice is offered, if the goat cries out, then is that accepted as holy food? 301It becomes holy food if it is completely sacrificed in one go and does not cry out.

215एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneधक dhak dhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromबिना binā binā withoutचिल्लाये cillāyē x xस्वाहा svāhā svāhā sacrificedहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenप्रसाद prasād prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] prasadहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

302They even tell the goat that is to be sacrificed not to cry out. 303And you say that you have tolerated something all the time; so what is this?

216तो tō tō thenबलि bali bali[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बकरे bakrē bakrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] goatको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]चिल्लाये cillāyē x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

304Is this not crying out? 305So, you do cry out a little, whether in your mind or in sound.

217और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , सहन sahan sahan[adj.] toleranceकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisचिल्लाना chillānā chillānā[inf.m.sg.d.] cry[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

306But no, that is not holy food then. 307That is not accepted. 308Baba does not accept it. 309So how can He give blessings?

218चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])मुख mukh mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mouthसे sē sē[postp.] fromअगर agar agar ifथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचिल्लाते हैं chillātē haĩ chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenप्रसाद prasād prasād[n.m.;sg.,d.] prasadनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

310So what will you do? 311Perhaps you will cry a little inside, not externally. 312Will you cry in this way?

219बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toस्वीकार svīkār svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] acceptanceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenदुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howदेगा dēgā dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] give[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

313The teachers are sitting in front are they not? 314Will you cry a little internally?

220तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortअन्दर andar andar insideचिल्लायेंगे chillāyēṅgē chillānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] cry[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

315Will the teachers not cry? 316Maybe you will shed one or two tears standing in a corner?

221थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortकोने kōnē kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cornerमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , बाथरूम bathroom bathroom bathroomमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , छिपकर chhipkar chhipnā[abs.] secretly[abs.]एक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])आंसू बहायेंगे āṅsū bahāyēṅgē āṅsū bahānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] shed tears ?  ?  ?  ?

317Perhaps you will secretly shed a few tears in the bathroom? 318Will you not do this?

222थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortतो tō tō thenछुट्टी chhuṭṭī chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] permissionमिलनी चाहिये milnī chāhiyē milnā[.oblig3] receive[.oblig3] !  !  !  !

319Should you perhaps have a little freedom to do this?

223माताओं mātāō̃ mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] motherको kō kō[postp.] toबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childतंग taṅg taṅg[adj.] xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगी karē̃gī karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

320You should not receive this freedom. 321Should the mothers receive this freedom?

224थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenरोयेंगी rōyēṅgī x x ?  ?  ?  ?

322You should not receive it either.

225मातायें mātāyē̃ mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] motherमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरोती हो rōtī hō rōnā[pres.pl.f.2] cry[pres.pl.f.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

323What will you do when your children trouble you?

226थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortरोती हो rōtī hō rōnā[pres.pl.f.2] cry[pres.pl.f.2] !  !  !  !

324Will you cry a little in your mind?

227और aur aur andभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])क्या kyā kyā whatकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

325Do you mothers cry in your mind?

228वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatआंखों āṅkhō̃ āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] eyeसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरोते हैं rōtē haĩ rōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butक्रोध krōdh krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] angerकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]अन्दर andar andar insideसे sē sē[postp.] fromरो लेते हैं rō lētē haĩ rōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā]. . . . 229जोश jōśh jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooरोना है rōnā hai rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

326You are not saying yes, and so perhaps you do cry a little? 327And what do the brothers do? 328They do not cry shedding tears but they cry internally by becoming angry.

230तो tō tō thenपाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaसेना sēnā sēnā[n.f.;sg.] armyक्या kyā kyā whatसमझती है samajhtī hai samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] understand[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

329When they become forceful, that is also a form of crying.

231थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortरोने rōnē rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)छुट्टी chhuṭṭī chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] permissionचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should ?  ?  ?  ?

330What does the Pandav Army think? 331Do you want to cry?

232जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortछुट्टी chhuṭṭī chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] permissionचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

332Should you be given freedom to do this? 333Those who want a little freedom, raise your hands.

233नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should ?  ?  ?  ?

334Do you not want it?

234तो tō tō thenआज āj āj todayसे sē sē[postp.] fromरोने rōnē rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफाइल file file fileभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finished, , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingबजाकर bajākar bajānā[abs.] play[abs.]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyकर दिया kar diyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

335So, from today, is the file of crying also finished, or have you just made Baba happy by clapping about it? 336So, from today, the post will also reduce.

235फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)तो tō tō thenआज āj āj todayसे sē sē[postp.] fromपोस्ट post post xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकम हो जायेगी kam hō jāyēgī kam hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] decrease. . . .

337The useless expense of postage will be saved for Gyan Sarovar.

236पोस्ट post post xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफालतु phālatu x xखर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forबच जायेगा bach jāyēgā bachnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā], , , , जब jab jab whenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])तो tō tō thenपोस्ट post post xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पैसे paisē paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] moneyभण्डारी bhaṇḍārī bhanḍārī[x] bhandariमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inडाल ḍāl ḍālnā[root] create[root]देना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

338When any situation like that comes up, you should put the postage money into Baba's box. 339You still have to use a lot more for Gyan Sarovar. 340Everyone has a lot of love for Gyan Sarovar.

237ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलगना है lagnā hai lagnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

341To have love for Gyan Sarovar means to have love for service.

238ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

342You do not have love for the place, but you have the place for the sake of service and so you have love for service.

239ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love. . . .

343Is there anyone sitting here who has not put anything in for Gyan Sarovar? 344Raise your hand! 345Is there anyone? 346No one.

240स्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love. . . .

347Achcha. 348Those who have put something in, raise your hands. 349All of you have put in something. 350Have those from Madhuban put something in?

241जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereबैठे हैं baiṭhē haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]जिसने jisnē jō[pn.sg.nē] that[.nē]ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)कणादाना kaṇādānā x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notडाला है ḍālā hai ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

351They have taken from the bhandari and put something into it. 352Do those from the hospital put something in? 353Do they do this?

242जिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]डाला है ḍālā hai ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

354Raise your hands. 355They are sitting in Pandav Bhavan.

243सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅किया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

356They also put something in.

244मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allडालते हैं ḍāltē haĩ ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

357And the sevadharis, they also do this; they are down below in Pandav Bhavan.

245तो tō tō thenसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeबन गया ban gayā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

358With everyone's co­operation, such a beautiful place has been built. 359Do all of you like it?

246सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)ना nā nā ∅, , , , पसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

360Have all of you seen it? 361Do you like it?

247हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yes, , , , रहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortतकलीफ taklīph taklīph[n.f.;sg.] difficultyहुई है huī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

362Yes, you had a little difficulty in living there, but that will be all right also.

248फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherबारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

363When you come next time, you will have a lot of pleasure.

249अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everगरम garam garm[adj.] xपानी pānī pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] (water|x[inf.f.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everठण्डा ṭhaṇḍā ṭhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] coolपानी pānī pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] (water|x[inf.f.])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

364At present, you receive cold water; not hot water, but cold water. 365This happens in a new home, but are you all happy?

250नये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newमकान makān makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] buildingमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

366Are those living in Gyan Sarovar happy?

251लेकिन lēkin lēkin butज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

367Those who are happy, raise your hands. 368Achcha, there are more Pandavs; there are also the Shaktis.

252सुनाया sunāyā sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] speak[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessबहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryभाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

369Or, are you thinking, "How can we say that we are not happy?", and you are therefore saying that you are happy?

253भक्ति मार्ग bhakti mārg bhakti mārg[x] path of devotionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenमिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सोते हैं sōtē haĩ sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereगदेला gadēlā x x, , , , रजाई rajāī x xतो tō tō thenमिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

370As you were told, you are still very, very, very fortunate. 371In the melas of the path of bhakti, they sleep in the dust.

254तो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaसोये sōyē sōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sleep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

372At least you have got mattresses! 373You have received quilts.

255नया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newबिस्तरा bistarā x xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , नया nayā nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] newमकान makān makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] buildingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

374You have been given quilts. 375It is very cold anyway.

256फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]इतनों itnō̃ itnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] suchको kō kō[postp.] toआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचांस chance chance chanceतो tō tō thenमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 257अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiको kō kō[postp.] toज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

376If you sleep together in one room, not sleeping with one another, but in one room, then you become warm quickly. 377You went around, did you not?

258ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])लक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]- - - -एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneतो tō tō thenविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] service, , , , दूसरा dūsrā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] otherब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofएशलम asylum asylum asylum. . . .

378Is everyone sleeping comfortably? 379You have new bedding and a new building. 380Even then, at least so many had a chance to come.

259तो tō tō thenदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xलक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseइसी isī yah[pn.sg.hī] this[.hī]विधि vidhi vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] methodसे sē sē[postp.] fromबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

381Achcha, do these Dadis like Gyan Sarovar? 382Very good.

260यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereपाण्डव भवन pāṇḍav bhavan pāṇḍav bhavan[x] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसिवाए sivāē sivāē exceptब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)एलाउ allow allow allowनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereअनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyसम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनजदीक najdīk nazdīk xसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

383There are two aims for Gyan Sarovar. 384One is to do special service and the other is to provide an asylum for Brahmins. 385Because of both aims, it has been built in this way.

261जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ईश्वरीय īśhvarīy īśhvarīy[adj.] Godlyविश्वविद्यालय viśhvavidyālay viśhvavidyālay[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]विद्यालय vidyālay vidyālay[x] schoolउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . . 262तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

386No one except Brahmins are allowed here in Pandav Bhavan, but there, many of those who are in contact will come into close relationship. 387The name is World Spiritual University, and so this University will reveal this name.

263यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हिसाब hisāb hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] accountसे sē sē[postp.] fromबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और aur aur andवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हिसाब hisāb hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] accountसे sē sē[postp.] from. . . .

388So, this is double service, is it not? 389Here, it is built for the Brahmins and there, it is built in terms of all the souls of the world.

264इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅, , , , लक्ष्य lakṣhya lakṣhya[adj.] aimमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअन्तर antar antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] differenceहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

390Therefore, there is a difference, there is a difference in the aim.

265अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

391Achcha.

266और aur aur andकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xबतायेंगे batāyēṅgē batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

392Baba will speak of the other steps later.

267लेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xकदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaतरह tarah tarah[n.f.;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromचेक check check checkकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andयाद रखना yād rakhnā yād rakhnā[x] rememberफाइल file file fileसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finished. . . .

393Baba is also going to come on the 26th, and so He will save something for them also. 394However, check both these steps very well and remember that all files are finished.

268भूल bhūl bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] (forget[root]|mistake)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notजाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]). . . .

395Do not forget this. 396Which files?

269कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoसे sē sē[postp.] fromफाइल file file file ?  ?  ?  ? 270कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)और aur aur andरोने rōnē rōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K). . . .

397One of reasons and excuses and the other of crying.

271जोश jōśh jōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरोना है rōnā hai rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

398To come into force is also crying.

272आवेशता āvēśatā x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofरोना है rōnā hai rōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] cry[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

399To become forceful is also crying, it is the crying of the mind.

273वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3]हमने hamnē ham[pn.pl.nē] we[.nē]रोया rōyā rōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] cry[past-part.m.sg.d.]थोड़ेही thōṛēhī thōṛēhī not. . . . 274लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryरोया rōyā rōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] cry[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

400That person thinks that he has not cried, but he cried a great deal in the mind.

275तो tō tō thenदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xफाइल file file fileखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finished !  !  !  !

401Both these files are finished.

276फाइन fine fine fineनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notडालना ḍālnā ḍālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownऊपर ūpar ūpar over, , , , रिफाइन refine refine refineबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

402Are they finished? 403Double foreigners: speak, are they finished.

277ब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.साथियों sāthiyō̃ sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] companionको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

404Do not incur a fine, but become refined. 405Brahma Baba is happy to see his original jewels.

278साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

406You are the companions, are you not?

279टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherसब sab sab[adj.] allसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

407All of you teachers are the companions, are you not?

280पाण्डव pāṇḍav pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] Pandavaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenशक्तियाँ śhaktiyā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Shaktiभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

408The Pandavs are the companions from the beginning and the Shaktis are also the companions from the beginning.

281राइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyभुजायें bhujāyē̃ bhujā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] armदिखाई हैं dikhāī haĩ dikhānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] x[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3]. . . .

409You are the right hands and this is why Brahma has been shown with many arms.

282भुजा bhujā bhujā[n.f.;sg.] armअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operative­ ­ ­ ­साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companion. . . .

410To be an arm means to be a co­operative companion.

283सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allराइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

411All of you are right hands, are you not?

284यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereलेफ्ट left left|leave (x)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooराइट right right rightहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

412You are not the left hands, are you? 413Here, even the left becomes right.

285लेफ्ट left left|leave (x)को kō kō[postp.] toलेफ्ट left left|leave (x)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allसाथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

414The left is not called the left, but a companion of everyone.

286अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

415Achcha.

287चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 288एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zone. . . .

416Souls from all four directions have come and if their names were to be mentioned, there would be many names.

289तो tō tō thenभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withसदा sadā sadā constantlyसपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyऔर aur aur andसबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ज्वेलरी jvēlarī x xगिफ्ट gift gift giftमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

417This is why you have been given a double chance. 418This group has received a double chance. 419One are all the zones that are instrumental for serving Bharat. 420So BapDada is giving a special blessing, or call it love, to all the zones of Bharat.

290सपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)दिखाना dikhānā dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

421A blessing is also a form of love. 422So BapDada gives congratulations for service to the sevadhari children.

291तो tō tō thenसपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)­ ­ ­ ­अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)सबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रमाण pramāṇ pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] (under)दिखा रहे हैं dikhā rahē haĩ dikhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andआगे āgē āgē previouslyभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिखाते रहेंगे dikhātē rahē̃gē dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

423Together with this, constantly be worthy, that is, give the proof. 424The sign of being worthy is to give the proof, that is, to give a practical example.

292इसके iskē yah[pn.sg.kē] this[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDada, , , , माँ mā̃ mā̃[n.f.;sg.] motherसदा sadā sadā constantlyबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xते tē sē fromबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xश्रृंगार करते हैं śhrr̥iṅgār kartē haĩ śhrr̥iṅgār karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] decorate[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , सजाते हैं sajātē haĩ sajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] decorate[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

425This is known as the proof, an example. 426So the worthy children are giving their own proof, that is, according to the fruit of service, they are showing it and will continue to do so.

293जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]उसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]सदा sadā sadā constantlyबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

427For this, BapDada, the Mother, constantly gives the best decoration to the worthy children.

294तो tō tō thenयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])से sē sē[postp.] fromबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

428They constantly give something beautiful to those who they find to be a good child.

295इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyऔर aur aur andसबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineगुणों guṇō̃ guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] virtueकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ज्वेलरी jvēlarī x xगिफ्ट gift gift giftमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

429But here, each of you is more beautiful than the next. 430So BapDada is especially giving a gift of jewelry of the divine virtues to the worthy children who give the proof.

296तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisगिफ्ट gift gift giftसम्भाल sambhāl sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] (x|be careful[root])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

431So look after your gift.

297कानों kānō̃ kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] earमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहनना pahannā pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andमस्तक mastak mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreheadपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooपहनना pahannā pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , सिर sir sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownपहनना pahannā pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , उतारना utārnā utārnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

432Wear it in your ears, wear it on your head; put the crown on your head. 433Do not take it off.

298माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaको kō kō[postp.] toचोरी chōrī chōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] stealingकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेना dēnā dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] give[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

434Do not let Maya steal it from you.

299माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooपता patā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] knowledgeपड़ रहा है paṛ rahā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] fall[pres.sg.m.prog.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatइन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisको kō kō[postp.] toगिफ्ट gift gift giftमिल रही है mil rahī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

435Maya also knows that you are receiving a gift. 436So you have a double lock, do you not?

300तो tō tō thenडबल double double doubleलॉक lock lock xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

437Do you have a double lock or a single lock?

301याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceऔर aur aur andसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बैलेन्स balance balance balanceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसदा sadā sadā constantlyरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isडबल double double doubleलॉक lock lock xलगाना lagānā lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] attach[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

438Constantly keep the balance of remembrance and service, that is, put on a double lock.

302तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toडबल double double doubleलॉक lock lock xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneलॉक lock lock xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneढीला ḍhīlā ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

439Do all of you have a double lock or do you have a single lock and the other one is loose? 440Do all of you have a lock.

303देखना dēkhnā dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] see[inf.m.sg.d.]चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notखो गई है khō gaī hai khōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] lose[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

441Just be careful that you do not lose the key.

304आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसमझो samjhō samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyबहुत bahut bahut veryसम्भाल sambhāl sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] (x|be careful[root])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रखी है rakhī hai rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजब jab jab whenआवश्यकता āvaśhyaktā āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] needहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenदिखाई dikhāī dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (x[past-part.f.]|x)न na na[neg] notदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]), , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

442You may think that you have kept it somewhere safe, but when you need it, you are not able to find it. 443It is not like this, is it?

305अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

444You are good.

306 ( ( ( (बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन्स jōnsa x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromसे sē sē[postp.] fromहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handउठवाये uṭhvāyē uṭhvānā[opt.sg.23] make raise[opt.sg.23]) ) ) )

445(BapDada made all the brothers and sisters of each zone raise their hands, turn by turn.)

307दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhi- - - -चाबी chābī chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] keyसम्भाल sambhāl sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] (x|be careful[root])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

446Delhi:There are fewer Pandavs and more Shaktis.

308माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaबिल्ली billī billī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] catनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआ जाये ā jāyē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in !  !  !  !

447They are equal. 448Achcha. 449Put the key safely away.

309दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 310बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] very­ ­ ­ ­बड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryमाइक mike mike mikeलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

450Make sure Maya, the cat (billi), does not come into Delhi. 451What will those from Delhi do?

311क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseदिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereफैलता है phailtā hai phailnā[pres.sg.m.23] spread[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

452Bring big mikes, not small ones, because the sound from Delhi spreads in all four directions easily.

312दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)न्यूज news news newsइन्टरनेशनल international international internationalन्यूज news news newsहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 313इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeदिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमाइक mike mike mikeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , माइक mike mike mikeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupलाना है lānā hai lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

453The news of Delhi becomes international news, and this is why those from Delhi must not just bring one mike, but they have to bring many mikes.

314झण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहराना है laharānā hai laharānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hoist[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

454The flag has to be hoisted.

315दिल्ली dillī dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Delhiमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझण्डा jhaṇḍā jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] flagलहरायेंगे laharāyēṅgē laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)फ्लैग flag flag flagके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफ्लैग flag flag flag. . . .

455If you hoist the flag of the kingdom in Delhi, then before the flag of the kingdom, you have to have the flag of service.

316तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमाइक mike mike mikeनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , झुण्ड jhuṇḍ jhuṇḍ[n.m.;sg.,d.] swarmलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

456So, teachers from Delhi, raise your hands. 457You want to do this, do you not?

317एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notफैलता phailtā phailnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] spread[pres-part.m.sg.d.]फैलता phailtā phailnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] spread[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

458Say Ha ji. 459Do not bring just one mike and think that the President has come.

318संगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआते हैं ātē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसबकी sabkī sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] everyone'sनजर najar nazar[n.f.;sg.] glanceजाती है jātī hai jānā[pres.sg.f.23] go[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

460No, bring a whole group. 461Nowadays, one sound alone does not spread in all four directions.

319पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjab, , , , हरियाणा hariyāṇā hariyāṇā x, , , , हिमाचल himācal x x, , , , जम्मू jammū x x- - - -पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyशेर śhēr śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lion, , , , शेर śhēr śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lionके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofबिल्ली billī billī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] catक्या kyā kyā whatआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23] !  !  !  ! 320पंजाब pañjāb pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] Punjabशेर śhēr śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] lionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

462When they come in a gathering, everyone's vision will be drawn. 463Punjab, Hariyana, Himachal and Jammu Kashmir:Punjab is a lion, and so how can a cat come to a lion?

321बंगाल baṅgāl baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bengal, , , , बिहार bihār bihār[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bihar, , , , उड़ीसा uṛīsā uṛīsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Orrisa, , , , नेपाल nēpāl nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , आसाम āsām x x- - - -ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveनदियाँइकट्ठी nadiyā̃ikaṭṭhī x xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

464Punjab is a lioness, is it not? 465Bengal, Bihar, Nepal, Orissa and Assam:These five rivers are together.

322अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , पांचों pāñchō̃ pāñchō̃[adj.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

466It is good that there is a meeting of the five.

323सबसे sabsē sabsē the mostपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)बंगाल baṅgāl baṅgāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bengalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसूर्योदय sūryōday x xहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअंधकार andhkār andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] darknessतो tō tō thenआ ā ānā[root] come[root]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

467So, Bengal and Bihar: And so, the sun first rises in Bengal; therefore the darkness of Maya cannot come. 468Can it come?

324अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortऔर aur aur andसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xको kō kō[postp.] toबढ़ाओ baṛhāō baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

469No. 470It has finished. 471It is good. 472Now increase the numbers a little.

325कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , पांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveप्रदेश pradēśh pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenपांचों pāñchō̃ pāñchō̃[adj.] xप्रदेशों pradēśō̃ x xसे sē sē[postp.] fromअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaसे sē sē[postp.] fromअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaवारिसों vārisō̃ vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] heirको kō kō[postp.] toस्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)लाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

473Bring an heir. 474Bengal and Bihar are included with the five cities. 475Bring the best heirs of all from all the five cities.

326अगर agar agar ifगुप्त gupta gupt[adj.] incognitoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenस्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)लाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

476If they are incognito, bring them onto the stage.

327अगर agar agar ifनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

477If there aren't any, then find them.

328दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherसीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreसंख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xइन in yah[pn.pl.o.]|in (this|in)पांच pāñch pañch[adj.] fiveनदियों nadiyō̃ nadī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] riverकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)होनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]. . . .

478In the next season, the greatest number should be of these five rivers. 479Do you understand?

329समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

480U.P.

330यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . ., , , , बनारस banāras banāras[n.f.;sg.] Benares- - - -यू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . .बनारस banāras banāras[n.f.;sg.] Benaresक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

481Banaras: What will U.P. and Banaras do? 482There are many bhagats in U.P.

331भक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeतो tō tō thenज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreयू you|U you|U (x|U.). . . .पी P|pī P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]). . . .में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 332तो tō tō thenभक्तों bhaktō̃ bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] devoteeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofजल्दी jaldī jaldī very quickly­ ­ ­ ­जल्दी jaldī jaldī very quicklyकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , बिचारे bichārē bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] poor peopleभटकते रहते हैं bhaṭaktē rahtē haĩ bhaṭaknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] wander around[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

483Bring benefit to those poor bhagats who are stumbling around and wandering; they go sometimes to the Kumbha mela, sometimes to a mela, sometimes to the temples, sometimes to other places.

333कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकुम्भ kumbha kumbh[x] kumbhके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकिसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everमन्दिरों mandirō̃ mandir[x] templeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ where, , , , भटकने bhaṭaknē bhaṭaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] wander around[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभक्तों bhaktō̃ bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] devoteeको kō kō[postp.] toबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपरिचय parichay parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] introductionदेकर dēkar dēnā[abs.] give[abs.]मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanतक tak tak untilपहुँचाओ pahuñchāō pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

484But now give the Father's introduction to those stumbling bhagats, and bring them to Madhuban. 485Do you understand? 486Teachers of U.P., raise your hands. 487Very few have come.

334समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ? 335राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān x- - - -राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

488At present, the mela has the attraction for the everyone.

336राजाओं rājāō̃ rājā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kingको kō kō[postp.] toफिर से phir sē phir sē[x] againराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdom­ ­ ­ ­भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

489Achcha. 490(BapDada met all the teachers from the different zones and had them raise their hands.)

337जब jab jab whenनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameही hī hī[p.] onlyराजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soराजायें rājāyē̃ rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kingहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

491Rajasthan: What will Rajasthan do? 492Make the kings into those who have a right to the fortune of the kingdom once again.

338अब ab ab[adv.] nowराजायें rājāyē̃ rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butराजायें rājāyē̃ rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kingबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])तो tō tō thenसकते हो saktē hō saknā[pres.pl.m.2] can[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

493Since it is called Rajasthan, how many kings will there be here? 494At present, there are no kings, but you can create kings.

339कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soदुआयें duāyē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingदेंगे dēgē dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमको hamkō ham[pn.pl.kō] we[.kō]फिर से phir sē phir sē[x] againराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterबनाया banāyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] create[past-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  !

495How many blessings would they give you because you made them into those who have a right to the kingdom?

340तो tō tō thenहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

496So, you have this courage, do you not?

341राजस्थान rājasthān rājasthān x, , , , ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchग्रुप group group groupतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeराजायें rājāyē̃ rājā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] king, , , , राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomअधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्टेज stage stage stageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)डांस dance dance danceकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

497Rajasthan, prepare such a group of kings that they all happily perform a dance here in the happiness of receiving their right to the fortune of the kingdom; so that they dance on the stage of Madhuban.

342बाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombay, , , , महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtra- - - -महाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)तो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , उसकी uskī vah[pn.sg.kī] that[.kī]मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

498Bombay and Maharashtra:The land of Maharashtra is very good. 499Congratulations for this, but what do you have to do now?

343लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayवा vā vā orमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

500You have congratulations for this one thing already. 501However, in the future, Bombay and Maharashtra should create a group of heirs, a group of heir­quality souls.

344जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatराजाओं rājāō̃ rājā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kingका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenमहाराष्ट्र mahārāṣhṭra mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Maharashtraवा vā vā orबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayवारिसों vārisō̃ vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] heirका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupलाये lāyē lānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

502Just as they will bring a group of kings, so too, Maharashtra and Bombay should also bring a group of heirs.

345ला सकते हैं lā saktē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

503Can you bring them?

346देखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]दूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherसीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवारिसों vārisō̃ vāris[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] heirका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofगुलदस्ता guldastā guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bouquetआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

504We shall see that in the next season you will bring a bouquet of heirs.

347अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

505Achcha.

348गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujarat- - - -वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatतो tō tō thenचुल cul x xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)और aur aur andदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

506Gujarat:They are at the cooking fire and in the heart.

349चुल cul x xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तभी tabhī tabhī xदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]रोटी rōṭī rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rotiअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaबनाते हैं banātē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

507It is because they are at the cooking fire that they make good chapatis.

350तो tō tō thenदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चुल cul x xपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsतो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratको kō kō[postp.] toदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 351गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirबना सकता है banā saktā hai banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] create[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

508Whose chapatis are better than those of Gujarat? 509You make very good chapatis. 510So you are at the fire of the heart, and together with this, BapDada constantly gives congratulations to Gujarat for their courage.

352गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xनिकल सकती है nikal saktī hai nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] be extracted[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]. . . .

511Gujarat can create heirs. 512Heir quality can emerge from Gujarat.

353जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeबाम्बे bāmbē bāmbē Bombayवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupबनायेंगे banāyēṅgē banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] create[fut.m.pl.12hon3]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youमहावारिस mahāvāris x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupबनाओ banāō banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

513Just as Bombay will create a group of heirs, so too, you have to create a group of great heirs. 514You are good, the land is good.

354धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 355अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowक्वान्टिटी quantity quantity quantityमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreलग गये हैं lag gayē haĩ lagnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)­ ­ ­ ­पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirनिकले nikalē nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]), , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowक्वान्टिटी quantity quantity quantityमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inक्वालिटी quality quality xछिप गई हैं chhip gaī haĩ chhipnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] secretly[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

515What has happened now is that you have become busy with quantity. 516Previously, a few heirs emerged, and now the quality is hidden in the quantity. 517If you mention their names, they then appear again.

356नाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameलेते हैं lētē haĩ lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] take[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenदिखाई देते हैं dikhāī dētē haĩ dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be visible, , , , इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowफिर से phir sē phir sē[x] againवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirक्वालिटी quality quality xनिकालो nikālō nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

518And so, now, once again, bring that heir­quality. 519One heir is equal to the quantity of thousands. 520Do you understand?

357एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneवारिस vāris vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] heirहजारों hajārō̃ hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] 1000क्वान्टिटी quantity quantity quantityके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बरोबर barōbar barōbar xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

521What will Gujarat do? 522You will bring the great heirs, will you not?

358समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratक्या kyā kyā whatकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

523You will claim number one, will you not?

359महावारिस mahāvāris x xलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , वन one one oneनम्बर number number numberलेंगे lē̃gē lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] take[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

524All of you must claim number one. 525No one should claim number two.

360सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allनम्बरवन number one number one number oneलेना lēnā lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] take[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , टू two|to|too two|to|too (two|to|too)कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलेना lēnā lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] take[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

526There is no need for a list; everything will be practically visible. 527Nothing will remain hidden.

361तामिलनाडु tāmilnāḍu x x- - - -तामिल tāmil x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xग्रुप group group groupलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

528Tamil Nadu:Achcha, there are more Pandavs in this. 529So what is Tamil doing?

362तामिल tāmil x xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्थूल sthūl sthūl[adj.] physicalनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulक्वालिटी quality quality xबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

530What group will you bring? 531In Tamil, the quality of those who have knowledge of physical things is very good.

363तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनॉलेज knowledge knowledge knowledgeकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अथॉरिटी authority authority authorityकहलाई जाती है kahlāī jātī hai kahlānā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|kahlānā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] (call[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|call[pres.sg.f.23.passive])ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchअथॉरिटी authority authority authorityवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]लाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

532So, prepare a group of those who are said to be the knowledge­full ones, those who have the authority of knowledge of physical things, and bring them here.

364हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

533You have this courage, do you not?

365सारा sārā sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the wholeग्रुप group group groupनॉलेज knowledge knowledge knowledgeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अथॉरिटी authority authority authorityवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

534Teachers from Tamil, raise your hands. 535Do you have this courage?

366ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooछोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] small­ ­ ­ ­छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallमाइक mike mike mikeहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

536The entire group is of those who have the authority of knowledge.

367कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnataka- - - -कर्नाटक karnāṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सा sā sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xग्रुप group group groupलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

537These then are the little mikes, and those from Delhi are the big mikes.

368ज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनाटक nāṭak nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] playकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

538Karnataka:There are many from Karnataka. 539Achcha.

369वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionके निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] x, , , , धर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationship­ ­ ­ ­सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]उन्हें unhē̃ vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रूप rūp rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] Rupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inग्रुप group group groupबनाकर banākar banānā[abs.] create[abs.]लेकर lēkar lēnā[abs.] take[abs.]आयें āyē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

540Has Karnataka been given a larger allocation? 541The vision is placed on Karnataka a lot more. 542It is good. 543What group will those from Karnataka bring?

370धर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेता nētā nētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] founderबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआवे āvē ānā[opt.sg.23] come[opt.sg.23], , , , चांदी chāndī chāndī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] silverकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कुर्सा kursā x xचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should, , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should… … … … नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

544They will bring those who perform a play, those who perform a play about knowledge (natak = drama).

371लेकिन lēkin lēkin butधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेताएं nētāē̃ x xबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]आयें āyē̃ ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] come[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . . 372तो tō tō thenजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomअधिकारियों adhikāriyō̃ adhikārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] (one) who has a rightद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameबाला bālā bālā[x] xहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेताओं nētāō̃ nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] founderद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughभी bhī bhī[p.] too, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryमाइक mike mike mikeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchग्रुप group group groupलाओ lāō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

545So, those from Karnataka have to bring a group of all those who are from the other religions in contact and relationship with them; bring the religious leaders as children. 546They should not come here as religious leaders wanting a silver throne etc., but the religious leaders should come as children.

373एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , संगठन saṅgaṭhan saṅgaṭhan[x] gatheringमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 374धर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेताओं nētāō̃ nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] founderको kō kō[postp.] toसम्भाल सकेंगे sambhāl sakē̃gē sambhālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] be careful[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatआपस में āpas mē̃ āpas mē̃[x] with each otherही hī hī[p.] onlyलड़ेंगे laṛē̃gē laṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] fight[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

547Therefore, just as the name is glorified through those who have a right to the kingdom, in the same way, the religious leaders are also big mikes, and so bring such a group.

375नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , भावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])धर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेतायें nētāyē̃ nētā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] founderभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessमाताओं mātāō̃ mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] motherमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

548Do not bring just one dharamatma, but bring a gathering of them. 549Will you be able to look after the religious leaders or will they fight amongst themselves? 550No.

376इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeकनार्टक kanārṭak karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] Karnatakaवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoधर्म dharm dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] religionनेताओं nētāō̃ nētā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] founderका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनाटक nāṭak nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] playदिखाना dikhānā dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 377अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  ! 378आन्ध्र āndhra āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhraप्रदेश pradēśh pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x- - - -आन्ध्रा āndhrā āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhra Pradeshवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

551They have great feeling. 552Even if they are religious leaders, the mothers have good faith and devotion and this is why you saw the play about the religious leaders, did you not?

379आन्ध्रा āndhrā āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhra Pradeshमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achcha­ ­ ­ ­अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaपोजीशन position position positionवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andभावना bhāvnā bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] feelingवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeआन्ध्रा āndhrā āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Andhra Pradeshवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआजकल ājkal ājkal nowadaysके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)नामीग्रामी nāmīgrāmī nāmīgrāmī[adj.] xगाये gāyē gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]उन un vah[pn.pl.o.] thatसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपहुँचाओ pahuñchāō pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

553Achcha. 554Andhra Pradesh:What will those from Andhra do? 555There are many there who have a good position and they have good feelings of faith and devotion, and therefore, those from Andhra have to enable the famous people of today to reach Baba's home.

380समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

556Do you understand?

381देखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaग्रुप group group groupलाता है lātā hai lānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

557We will see who brings their own very good group.

382अगले aglē aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nextसीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allग्रुप group group group­ ­ ­ ­ग्रुप group group groupआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 383देखेंगे dēkhē̃gē dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] see[fut.m.pl.12hon3]नम्बरवन number one number one number one, , , , टू two|to|too two|to|too (two|to|too), , , , थ्री three three threeकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

558Next season, everyone will come group­wise We shall see who has claimed numbers one, two and three.

384तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenप्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

559Only then will the revelation take place.

385नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseकैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

560How else would it take place?

386इन्दौर Indore Indore Indore- - - -संख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xतो tō tō thenअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]इन्दौर Indore Indore Indoreकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key). . . .

561Indore:The numbers of Indore are very good.

387इन्दौर Indore Indore Indoreवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

562What will those from Indore do?

388इन्दौर Indore Indore Indoreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनामीग्रामी nāmīgrāmī nāmīgrāmī[adj.] xअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , जिसको jiskō jō[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]सेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenसेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

563There are very good and famous people in Indore who are known as merchants. 564There are many merchants.

389तो tō tō thenसेठों sēṭhō̃ x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupलाना lānā lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

565So bring a group of those merchants.

390जब jab jab whenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसेठों sēṭhō̃ x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofग्रुप group group groupआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]तो tō tō thenकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअच्छा लगेगा achchhā lagēgā achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] enjoy. . . .

566How beautiful it will look! 567It will look so beautiful when a group of all the merchants come.

391कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someटोपी ṭōpī ṭōpī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] capवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someपगड़ी pagṛī pāg, pagṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] positionवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

568Some with their hat and some with their turban.

392इन्दौर Indore Indore Indoreवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatसमझते हैं samajhtē haĩ samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

569What do those from Indore think?

393बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅इन्दौर Indore Indore Indoreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभेजा bhējā bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सेठों sēṭhō̃ x xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

570BapDada has sent all those from Indore to serve the merchants. 571However, no merchant has emerged as yet.

394लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतक tak tak untilकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

572You were first sent to the merchants, were you not?

395आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)सेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toभेजा bhējā bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

573However, they have not yet come, have they? 574Where are those from Indore?

396लेकिन lēkin lēkin butवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereआया है āyā hai ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

575Teachers, raise your hands.

397कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soसेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

576How many merchants have come?

398छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] small­ ­ ­ ­छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallबिजनेस business business businessवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , सेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] people. . . .

577Not those who have a small business, but the big merchants.

399तो tō tō thenएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेठ sēṭh sēṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]तो tō tō thenउसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]सेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

578When one merchant comes, he has so many servers.

400तो tō tō thenकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soआ जायेंगे ā jāyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

579So how many will come?

401लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसाहूकार sāhūkār sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] wealthyसाहूकार sāhūkār sāhūkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] wealthyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , चिन्ता chintā chintā[n.f.;sg.] worryके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

580Now, the wealthy ones are not wealthy; they are the houses of worry.

402इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeबदल रहा है badal rahā hai badalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] change[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

581This is why the time is now changing.

403अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowवह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatसाहूकारी sāhūkārī sāhūkārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

582Now, they do not have that intoxication of their wealth.

404अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownबचने bachnē bachnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 405साहूकारी sāhūkārī sāhūkārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

583Their intoxication now is to protect themselves, and not of their wealth.

406भोपाल bhōpāl bhōpāl Bhopal, , , , आगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agra- - - -आगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraने nē nē[postp.] ∅तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)पूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

584Bhopal, Agra: Agra has not yet finished their work.

407ताजमहल tājmahal tājmahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] Taj Mahalके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withज्ञान gyān gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] knowledgeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crownका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाक्षात्कार sākṣhātkār sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] visionहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसोच रहे हैं sōch rahē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

585Together with the Taj Mahal, people should have a vision of the crown of knowledge, and they are now thinking about it.

408अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)आगरा āgrā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Agraवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatही hī hī[p.] onlyकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

586Those from Agra have to do this first. 587Do you understand?

409समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !  !  !  ! 410पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xग्रुप group group groupलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

588You will bring a group later.

411जब jab jab whenस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeबन जायेगा ban jāyēgā bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenइन्टरनेशनल international international internationalग्रुप group group groupलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

589When their place is ready, they will bring an international group. 590Achcha.

412अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , भोपाल bhōpāl bhōpāl Bhopalवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

591What will Bhopal do? 592(Increase the numbers and bring mikes.)

413वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereछोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] small­ ­ ­ ­छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallमाइक mike mike mikeबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

593There are many small mikes there.

414एडमिय्निस्ट्री ēḍamiynisṭrī x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleबहुत bahut bahut veryहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

594There are many administrators.

415तो tō tō thenछोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] small­ ­ ­ ­छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallमाइक mike mike mikeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)ग्रुप group group groupभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआवाज āvāj āvāz[n.f.;sg.] noiseफैला सकते हैं phailā saktē haĩ phailānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] spread[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā]. . . .

595So, only the group of the small mikes can spread the sound. 596They are very good.

416वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऑफिसर officer officer officerक्वालिटी quality quality xअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

597Officer­quality souls there are good.

417तो tō tō thenअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achcha­ ­ ­ ­अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeऑफिसर्स officers officer officerग्रुप group group groupसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऔर aur aur andलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , लाते हैं lātē haĩ lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butऔर aur aur andसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeलायेंगे lāyēṅgē lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

598So, the co­ operative officer groups who are to come close will bring many more. 599They do bring them close, but they will bring them even closer.

418तो tō tō thenकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soग्रुप group group groupआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

600So how many groups will come?

419बहुत bahut bahut veryग्रुप group group groupआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

601Many groups will come, will they not?

420और aur aur andसब sab sab[adj.] allवेराइटी variety variety varietyग्रुप group group groupदेखकरके dēkhkarkē dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

602And what will you do on seeing the variety of groups? 603Clap.

421ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingबजायेंगे bajāyēṅgē bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] play[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . . 422प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingबजाना bajānā bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] play[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisताली tālī tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] clappingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

604You have to clap the clap of revelation, not this physical one.

423तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

605So, are all of you happy?

424अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 425इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisग्रुप group group groupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबीमार bīmār bīmār[adj.] those who are illआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

606Have the patients come? 607Are those who are ill sitting here?

426बीमार bīmār bīmār[adj.] those who are illजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatहाथ उठायें hāth uṭhāyē̃ hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] raise your hands. . . .

608All those who are patients here, raise your hands.

427कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

609There is no one.

428इस समय is samay is samay[x] at this timeसब sab sab[adj.] allतन्दुरूस्त tandurūsta tandarūst[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , बीमारी bīmārī bīmārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] illnessभूल गई bhūl gaī bhūl jānā[past-part.f.] x[past-part.f.]. . . .

610At present, all are healthy, and so they have forgotten their illness.

429हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपेशेन्ट patient patient xआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ? 430नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

611Are there any patients in the hospital?

431तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisग्रुप group group groupअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅पेशेन्ट patient patient xकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

612No. 613So this group is good in that no one is a patient.

432पेशन्स patience patience xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeपेशेन्ट patient patient xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

614You are those who stay in patience and therefore you are not patients.

433अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

615Achcha.

434डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreigner- - - -डबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withदुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट gift gift giftदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . . 435क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseइन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageभारतवासियों bhāratvāsiyō̃ bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] people of Bharatसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

616Double foreigners:Together with love and remembrance from the heart, BapDada is giving the double foreigners a gift of blessings because their courage is greater than that of the people of Bharat.

436कई kaī kaī someदीवारें dīvārē̃ dīvār[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] wallपार कर pār kar pār karnā[root] x[root]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बने हैं banē haĩ bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

617You have crossed many walls and now belong to the Father.

437इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसदा sadā sadā constantlyउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पंख paṅkh paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] wingदेकर dēkar dēnā[abs.] give[abs.]उड़ाते रहते हैं uṛātē rahtē haĩ uṛānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā], , , , इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisहिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingके साथ kē sāth kē sāth[x] withसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialगिफ्ट gift gift giftदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisगिफ्ट gift gift giftलिफ्ट lift lift liftका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)करेगी karēgī karnā[fut.f.sg.23] do[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

618This is why, together with blessings for this courage, BapDada constantly gives you the wings of zeal and enthusiasm and makes you fly. 619Baba is giving a special gift to the children from all countries, and this gift will work like a lift.

438मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरनी पड़े karnī paṛē karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] do[opt.sg.23.oblig2]. . . . 439समझा samjhā samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?  ?  ?  ?

620You will not have to make any effort.

440अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowपंखों paṅkhō̃ paṅkh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] wingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)गिफ्ट gift gift giftको kō kō[postp.] toसदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

621Do you understand? 622Double foreigners, raise your hands.

441दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingसदा sadā sadā constantlyसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

623Achcha, did you receive the gift?

442अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allदेशों dēśhō̃ dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] landसे sē sē[postp.] fromथोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़े thōṛē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] shortपहुँच जाते हैं pahũch jātē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]यही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]­ ­ ­ ­देख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

624Now, constantly keep this gift of the wings with you. 625Constantly keep the blessings with you.

443कैसे kaisē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] howभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसरकमस्टांश circumstance circumstance circumstancesहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)दुआएं duāē̃ duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] blessingसैलवेशन salvation salvation salvationबन जाती हैं ban jātī haĩ bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeपहुँच जाते हैं pahũch jātē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . . 444एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneभी bhī bhī[p.] tooग्रुप group group groupविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बिना binā binā withoutनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notगया है gayā hai jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] go[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

626It is good that a few souls from every country comes here. 627BapDada is happy to see this. 628No matter what the circumstances are, blessings from the heart become salvation for this and this is why they reach here.

445हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])ग्रुप group group groupमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , तो tō tō thenहाजिर hājir hāzir[adj.] present­ ­ ­ ­नाजिर nājir nāzir[adj.] xहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

629Not a single group has been without foreigners.

446मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] resident, , , , हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] family- - - - ( ( ( (मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanनिवासी nivāsī nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] resident, , , , हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसब sab sab[adj.] allपाण्डव भवन pāṇḍav bhavan pāṇḍav bhavan[x] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठ baiṭh baiṭhnā[root] sit[root]मुरली murlī murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] fluteसुन रहे हैं sun rahē haĩ sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofख्याल khyāl khyāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtआ रहा है ā rahā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

630There are foreigners in every group and so you have become those who are present everywhere. 631Madhuban Niwasis and the hospital family: Their thoughts are reaching here.

447मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoतो tō tō thenहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])रोज rōj rōz dayकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryलेने lēnē lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] take[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

632Madhuban niwasis claim a lottery every day.

448कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soलॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryमिलती है miltī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23] receive[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

633How many lotteries do you receive?

449मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2], , , , लॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryआ जाती है ā jātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]. . . .

634You do not have to make any effort; you win the lottery.

450चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inया yā yā orहॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inया yā yā orज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , नीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , रोज rōj rōz dayकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryनिकलती है nikaltī hai nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] be extracted[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

635Whether in Madhuban, in the Hospital, Gyan Sarovar, up or down, whoever it is, you win a lottery every day. 636And you are moving along with the lottery.

451और aur aur andलॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyचल रहे हैं chal rahē haĩ chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

637You are eating and drinking comfortably.

452आराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromखा khā khānā[root] eat[root]पी रहे हैं pī rahē haĩ pīnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] drink[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . . 453सेन्टर centre centre centreवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]भण्डारी bhaṇḍārī bhanḍārī[x] bhandariभरने bharnē bharnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fill[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)और aur aur andमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भण्डारी bhaṇḍārī bhanḍārī[x] bhandariऔर aur aur andभण्डारा bhaṇḍārā bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] treasure storeसदा sadā sadā constantlyभरपूर bharpūr bharpūr[adj.] fullहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

638Those at the centres have to make so much effort to fill the bhandari, and the bhandari and bhandara of Madhuban niwasis is constantly overflowing. 639Madhuban are those who spend, and the centres are those who accumulate.

454मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]खर्च kharcha kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] expenditureकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoऔर aur aur andमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inइकट्ठाकरने ikaṭṭhākaranē x xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसेन्टर centre centre centreवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

640So those at the centres are the children who are earning. 641You are the children who are earning.

455तो tō tō thenसेन्टर centre centre centreवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकमाउ kamāu x xबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . . 456तो tō tō thenकमाने kamānē kamānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] earn[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own), , , , लॉटरी lottery lottery lotteryका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own). . . .

642The intoxication of earning something is its own and the intoxication of a lottery is its own.

457तो tō tō thenसबको sabkō sabkō everythingअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)­ ­ ­ ­अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

643So all of you have received your own fortune.

458किसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकिसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)से sē sē[postp.] fromकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 459क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseभाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभण्डारा bhaṇḍārā bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] treasure storeभरपूर bharpūr bharpūr[adj.] fullहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

644No one's fortune is any less than anyone else's, because the bhandara of the Bestower of Fortune is overflowing.

460इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])से sē sē[postp.] fromज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

645This is why each one's fortune is greater than the others'.

461सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)­ ­ ­ ­अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]एक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])से sē sē[postp.] fromबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] x. . . .

646You have your own individual fortune, but each one's fortune is greater than the others'.

462अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

647Achcha.

463टीचर्स teachers teacher teacher- - - -टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

648Teachers:Teachers have already been included.

464राइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

649Whose zones are these?

465राइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right handके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बिना binā binā withoutकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

650Are the zones without teachers? 651You are the right hand.

466बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskको kō kō[postp.] toसफल saphal saphal[adj.] successfulकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoराइट हैण्ड right hand right hand[x] right hand. . . .

652Nothing can be done without the right hand. 653You are the right hand who brings success in Baba's task.

467अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 468चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveको kō kō[postp.] toप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , फॉलोफादर phôlōphādar x xकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)कदम kadam kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] stepरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoआज्ञाकारी āgyākārī āgyākārī[adj.] obedientश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyदृढ़ dr̥iṛh dr̥iṛh[adj.] determinedसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप समान bāp samān bāp samān[x] equal to the Fatherसर्वंश त्यागी sarvanśh tyāgī sarvanśh tyāgī[x] xविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyसपूत sapūt sapūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] worthyबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसबूत sabūt sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसुपात्र supātra supātra[adj.] xआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andनमस्ते namastē namastē x. . . .

654To all the souls in all four directions who reveal the love of BapDada; to the elevated souls who follow the father; to the obedient elevated souls who constantly place their footsteps in the footsteps of BapDada, to the special souls like father Brahma who, through their determined thoughts, have complete renunciation; to the worthy souls who are constantly obedient and give the proof at every moment, love, remembrances and namaste from BapDada. 655Speaking to Dadis:Everything is being completed easily, is it not? 656Happiness makes everyone forget everything.

469दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] from- - - -सब sab sab[adj.] allसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullहो रहा है hō rahā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

657You do not find it to be anything else in front of happiness.

470खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessसब sab sab[adj.] allभुला देती है bhulā dētī hai bhulānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] make you forget[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]. . . .

658So, Madhuban is the mine of happiness.

471खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessके आगे kē āgē kē āgē[x] in front ofऔर कुछ aur kuchh aur kuchh[x] xलगता lagtā lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

659Because of happiness everything becomes easy.

472तो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]खुशियों khuśhiyō̃ khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खान khān khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] eat[n.m.;sg.,d.]. . . . 473खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseसब sab sab[adj.] allसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

660Whether you receive food or not, you continue to receive the nourishment of happiness. 661All of you are very happy, are you not?

474चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])खाना khānā khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.])मिले milē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]), , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिले milē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खुराक khurāk khurāk[n.f.;sg.] nourishmentमिलती रहती है miltī rahtī hai milnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] receive[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

662Or, is a little weakness still remaining? 663No. 664You have come to the mine of happiness, have you not?

475 ( ( ( (सभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtको kō kō[postp.] toदेखते dēkhtē dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ) ) ) सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबहुत bahut bahut veryखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

665Do all of you have this? 666So the fruit of contentment is satisfaction.

476कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] short­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryकमी kamī kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xरह गई rah gaī rahnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] remain[past-part.f..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

667All of you remain satisfied.

477नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 478खुशियों khuśhiyō̃ khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खान khān khānā[n.m.;sg.,d.] eat[n.m.;sg.,d.]पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आ गये हो ā gayē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

668Even if there is upheaval, you very quickly become satisfied.

479कुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

669If people want to see satisfied souls, where should they see them? 670In Madhuban and even in the centres.

480तो tō tō thenसन्तुष्टता santuṣhṭatā santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] contentmentका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofफल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]प्रसन्नता prasannatā prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] happiness. . . .

671If you want to see someone satisfied, see the Brahmins.

481सब sab sab[adj.] allप्रसन्न prasann prasann[adj.] xरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

672They are constantly content and constantly satisfied.

482नीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)प्रसन्न prasann prasann[adj.] xहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

673Do you have anything else in your heart? 674Nothing but satisfaction.

483अगर agar agar ifप्रसन्न prasann prasann[adj.] xचित्त chitt chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulदेखनी हो dēkhnī hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] see[pres.pl.2.oblig1]तो tō tō thenकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereदेखें dēkhē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] see[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

675It is like this, is it not? 676All of you are satisfied in your hearts, are you not?

484मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inया yā yā orसेन्टर centre centre centreपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)भी bhī bhī[p.] too ?  ?  ?  ?

677Or, are you the embodiment of questions? 678No.

485प्रसन्नचित्त prasannchitt prasannchitt[adj.] happyदेखना हो dēkhnā hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] see[pres.pl.2.oblig1]तो tō tō thenब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminको kō kō[postp.] toदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

679Is there any other gathering anywhere else where everyone is constantly smiling?

486सदा sadā sadā constantlyसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] content, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyप्रसन्न prasann prasann[adj.] xचित्त chitt chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] x. . . . 487चित्त chitt chitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inऔर कुछ aur kuchh aur kuchh[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

680When you go to other satsangs, some faces will be like one thing and others will be like something else.

488प्रसन्नता prasannatā prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] happinessही hī hī[p.] onlyप्रसन्नता prasannatā prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] happiness. . . .

681And what do you see when you look at everyone's face here?

489ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

682They are smiling.

490सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allप्रसन्नचित्त prasannchitt prasannchitt[adj.] happyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatप्रश्नचित्त praśhnachitta praśhnachitt[adj.] having any questions in their heartsहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

683Is it like this? 684Or, have you also wilted a little? 685No, you are smiling.

491ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtहोगी hōgī hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] be[fut.f.sg.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसब sab sab[adj.] allमुस्कराते रहें muskarātē rahē̃ muskarānā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] smile[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ?  ?  ?  ?

686The smile of the Brahmins is shown as a smile in the pictures of the deities.

492और aur aur andसतसंग satsaṅg satsaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] spiritual gatheringमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाओ jāō jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचेहरा chēhrā chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] faceकैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकैसा kaisā kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] howहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

687Whose images are those? 688They are yours, are they not? 689Or do they belong to the senior Dadis? 690Are there any temples to you?

493और aur aur andयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sचेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

691Which goddess are you? 692Do you know? 693Are you Ganesh or Hanuman?

494मुस्कराते muskarātē muskarānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] smile[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

694Are you the goddesses? 695What are you?

495ब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मुस्कान muskān muskān[n.f.;sg.] smileकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signदेवताओं dēvtāō̃ dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] deityके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चित्र chitra chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pictureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदिखाते हैं dikhātē haĩ dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

696Whichever deity or goddess you are, you are a soul who has imbibed the divine virtues. 697Then, whether someone says he is Hanuman, or Ganesh or a goddess, you are a soul who has imbibed the divine virtues.

496वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकिसके kiskē kaun[pn.sg.kē] who[.kē]चित्र chitra chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pictureहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

698Achcha. 699Do you know at what time your bhagats pray to you?

497आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 498कि ki ki[conj.] thatबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryदादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

700At the time when the bhagats are calling out; do you realise that?

499आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]मन्दिर mandir mandir[n.m.;sg.,d.] templeहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

701Or, do you remain busy in your own intoxication?

500कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who­ ­ ­ ­सी see|sī|C see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C (see|x)देवी dēvī dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] goddessया yā yā orदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ? 501मालूम mālūm mālūm[adj.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

702The poor bhagats simply keep on calling out.

502गणेश gaṇēśh gaṇēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Ganeshहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , हनूमान hanūmān hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , देवियाँ dēviyā̃ dēvī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] goddessहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , क्या kyā kyā whatहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

703You feel this, do you not? 704You definitely feel the call of the bhagats.

503कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneदेवी dēvī dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] goddess­ ­ ­ ­देवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिव्यगुणधारी divyaguṇdhārī divyaguṇdhārī[adj.] xआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulदेवता dēvtā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] deityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

705This is why you give your good wishes and pure feelings. 706Why do you spread peace into the atmosphere?

504फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someहनूमान hanūmān hanūmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])या yā yā orगणेश gaṇēśh gaṇēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] Ganeshकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])या yā yā orदेवी dēvī dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] goddessकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]), , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदिव्यगुणधारी divyaguṇdhārī divyaguṇdhārī[adj.] xदेव dēv dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] deityआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

707Why do you become a lighthouse and a might­house? 708All bhagat souls and other souls too should remain content, happy and peaceful.

505अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - - ( ( ( (दादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] from) ) ) ) आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toमालूम mālūm mālūm[adj.] xपड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]भक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeकिस kis kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] (what|who)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeप्रार्थना prārthanā prārthanā[n.f.;sg.] xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

709Speaking to Dadi Janki:You are standing on the globe of the world, are you not? 710Or are you standing on the globe of London? 711You are on the globe of the world, are you not?

506जिस समय jis samay jis samay[x] xभक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeपुकारते हैं pukārtē haĩ pukārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] call[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleको kō kō[postp.] toमालूम mālūm mālūm[adj.] xपड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

712You are not on the globe of Madhuban, you are on the globe of the world. 713This one's health is telling her to rest a little.

507कि ki ki[conj.] thatअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownमस्ती mastī mastī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमस्त mast mast[adj.] intoxicatedरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

714You have the practice of coming and going. 715Are you going now?

508बिचारे bichārē bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] poor peopleभक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyचिल्लाते हैं chillātē haĩ chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

716What does the coming and going feel like now?

509फील feel feel feelहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

717Does it feel like a foreign land or like home?

510भक्तों bhaktō̃ bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] devoteeके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पुकार pukār pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] (call[root]|call)की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)फीलिंग feeling feeling feelingजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

718You go from your home to the hall and from the hall to your home.

511तब tab tab for only thenतो tō tō thenशुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feeling, , , , शुभ śhubh śhubh[adj.] pure and positiveकामनायें kāmanāyē̃ kāmnā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] wishदेते हो dētē hō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] give[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

719So have you been well refreshed? 720You are well refreshed, are you not?

512वायुमण्डल vāyumaṇḍal vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] atmosphereमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyफैलाते हो phailātē hō phailānā[pres.pl.m.2] spread[pres.pl.m.2], , , , लाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouse, , , , माइट might might mightहाउस house house houseक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyबनते हो bantē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2] become[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

721Nothing still remains, does it? 722You will relate the news to everyone and everyone will be very happy.

513सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allभक्त bhakta bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] devoteeआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulया yā yā orअन्य anya anya[adj.] otherआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulसन्तुष्ट santuṣhṭ santuṣhṭ[adj.] content, , , , खुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , शान्त śhānt śhānt[adj.] silentरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

723Those in Sri Lanka have a lot of fear. 724Specially give them the nourishment of happiness.

514 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiजानकी jānkī jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xसे sē sē[postp.] from) ) ) ) विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)गोले gōlē gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cycleपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)खड़ी khaṛī khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] standingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

725All of you are also sitting on the stage. 726Those at the back are also on the stage.

515कि ki ki[conj.] thatलण्डन london London xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)गोले gōlē gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cycleपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)खड़ी khaṛī khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] standingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

727Those sitting below (in Pandav Bhawan) are also on the stage.

516विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)गोले gōlē gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cycleपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

728Today, the mothers have been given a chance.

517मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)गोले gōlē gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cycleपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , विश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)गोले gōlē gōlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] cycleपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other). . . .

729It is good. 730It is the greatness of the Pandavs that they gave a lottery to the mothers.

518आना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)और aur aur andजाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.])तो tō tō thenप्रैक्टिस practice practice practiceहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 519अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x)­ ­ ­ ­जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.])क्या kyā kyā whatलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

731(Yesterday the mothers gave a chance to the Pandavs), and so you have received the fortune of your renunciation.

520विदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]या yā yā orघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

732Both have put the other first, saying "You first", and so both got a chance.

521घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeसे sē sē[postp.] fromहाल hāl|hall hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall (x|hall)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])या yā yā orहाल hāl|hall hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall (x|hall)से sē sē[postp.] fromघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) !  !  !  !

733(The book Ratan Prabha ­ Dadi Prakashmani ­ Jewel of Light, in Hindi ­ was presented to BapDada.)

522अच्छा-लण्डन acchā-laṇḍan x xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulations. . . .

734Whatever is happening is the means of taking service into the flying stage. 735This is also a means of service.

523मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultको kō kō[postp.] toसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaएग्जाम्पल example example exampleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

736With the revelation through such service, Baba, the One who inspires service, will be revealed.

524अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someने nē nē[postp.] ∅तन tan tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someने nē nē[postp.] ∅मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someने nē nē[postp.] ∅धन dhan dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] wealthसे sē sē[postp.] from, , , , सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyसफलता saphaltā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] successमिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23]और aur aur andमिलती miltī milnā[pres-part.f.] receive[pres-part.f.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23]. . . .

737This is a very good means for service. 738Speaking to Dadis again: Achcha, you have become tireless now. 739Have you become tireless? 740You do not get tired.

525लण्डन london London xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविदेश vidēśh vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] abroadका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

741Achcha. 742Special congratulations for service to those in London.

526जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeभारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]मधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenलण्डन london London xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलाइट हाउस light house light house[x] lighthouseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

743It is good. 744You will receive the fruit of courage a little later, but you will definitely receive it.

527इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeदोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xदादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] fromबहुत bahut bahut veryप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

745So, you are the example. 746You are a good example of making the difficult things easy.

528दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofइन्हों inhō̃ yah[pn.pl.o.] thisसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदादियों dādiyō̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] Dadiसे sē sē[postp.] fromप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] love. . . . 529बहुत bahut bahut veryप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

747It is good. 748Some have served with their mind, some with their body and some with their wealth. 749You have attained success with everyone's co­operation and will continue to receive it.

530अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveही hī hī[p.] onlyकिला kilā kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] fortressहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

750London is the lighthouse for the foreign lands.

531अगर agar agar ifप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकिला kilā kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] fortressनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenयज्ञ yagya yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sacrificial fireकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskहिलता hiltā hilnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकिला kilā kilā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] fortressअविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableअखण्ड akhaṇḍ akhaṇḍ[adj.] constantबनाकर banākar banānā[abs.] create[abs.]चला रहा है chalā rahā hai chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]). . . . 532जोड़ी jōṛī jōṛnā[past-part.f.]|joṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (connect[past-part.f.]|x)अच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

751Just as for Bharat, Madhuban is a lighthouse, so too, London is also a lighthouse. 752This is why you have a lot of love for both Dadis. 753Both have love for the Father, and the Father has love for them and all of you have love for the Dadis.

533प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऔर aur aur andन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueभी bhī bhī[p.] too. . . .

754You have love for them, do you not? 755How much love do you have? 756A lot. 757Achcha.

534अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

758It is good. 759Love is the fortress.

535 ( ( ( (ज्वेल jvēl x xऑफ of|off of|off (of|x)लाइट light light lightपुस्तक pustak pustak[n.f.;sg.] bookका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहिन्दी hindī hindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hindiअनुवाद anuvād anuvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] interpretation ( ( ( (रत्न ratna ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jewelप्रभा prabhā x x- - - -दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiप्रकाश prakāśh prakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x­ ­ ­ ­मणि maṇi maṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jewel) ) ) ) छपवाया गया है chhapvāyā gayā hai chhapvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|chhapvānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] (x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive])जिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownहस्तों hastō̃ hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] xसे sē sē[postp.] fromअनावरण anāvaraṇ x xकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ) ) ) जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो रहा है hō rahā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceको kō kō[postp.] toऔर aur aur andउड़ती uṛtī uṛnā[pres-part.f.] fly[pres-part.f.]कला kalā kalā[n.f.;sg.] degreeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inले lē lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23])जाने jānē jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23])का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

760If the fortress of love did not exist, then the task of the establishment of the yagya would fluctuate, but the fortress of love is making everything unshakable and imperishable. 761It is like this, it is not? 762If you have love, then have love in this way. 763Be loving and detached.

536ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyसेवाओं sēvāō̃ sēvā[x] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकराने karānē karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherप्रत्यक्ष pratyakṣha pratyakṣh[adj.] visibleहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]. . . .

764Do you know how to have such love? 765Or, do you only know about love that is a little mixed. 766Achcha. 767Speaking to Dada Naraine: Show the splendour of following the father.

537साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]- - - -प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣhatā pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] revelationके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

768Transform love into the form of power.

538अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha- - - -ओम् शान्ति ōm śhānti ōm śhānti[x] Om Shanti. . . .

769* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used